diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/content/en/books/handbook')
74 files changed, 5040 insertions, 3512 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc index 57ddfe3d75..7090c1cd39 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ part: IV. Network Communication prev: books/handbook/firewalls next: books/handbook/partv description: "Advanced networking in FreeBSD: basics of gateways and routes, CARP, how to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD, etc" -tags: ["Advanced Networking", "Handbook", "gateway", "routes", "wireless", "tethering", "bluetooth", "bridging", "CARP", "VLAN"] +tags: ["Advanced Networking", "Handbook", "gateway", "routes", "wireless", "tethering", "bluetooth", "bridging", "CARP", "VLAN", "WiFi"] showBookMenu: true weight: 39 params: @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ endif::[] This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * The basics of gateways and routes. * How to set up USB tethering. @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * How to set up network PXE booting. * How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) in FreeBSD. * How to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD. -* Configure bluetooth headset. +* How to configure a bluetooth headset. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand the basics of the [.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts. * Be familiar with basic network terminology. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ The client machine found the AP and can be associated with it: This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the WPA2 security protocol. More details regarding WPA and the configuration of WPA-based wireless clients -can be found in crossref:advanced-networking[network-wireless-wpa, WPA with EAP-TLS]. +can be found in crossref:advanced-networking[network-wireless-wpa-eap-tls, WPA with EAP-TLS]. The man:hostapd[8] daemon is used to deal with client authentication and key management on the WPA2-enabled AP. @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the man:netgraph[4] framewor A broad variety of Bluetooth USB dongles is supported by man:ng_ubt[4]. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by the man:ubtbcmfw[4] and man:ng_ubt[4] drivers. The 3Com Bluetooth PC Card 3CRWB60-A is supported by the man:ng_bt3c[4] driver. -Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices are supported by man:sio[4], man:ng_h4[4], and man:hcseriald[8]. +Serial and UART based Bluetooth devices are supported by man:ng_h4[4] and man:hcseriald[8]. Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the man:ng_ubt[4] driver: @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ cu -l $PTS By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not support role switching will not be able to connect. -Since role switching is performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to ask the remote device if it supports role switching. +Since role switching is performed when a new connection is being established, it is not possible to ask the remote device if it supports role switching. However, there is a HCI option to disable role switching on the local side: [source,shell] @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ The STP protocol detects loops and puts redundant links into a blocked state. Should one of the active links fail, STP calculates a different tree and enables one of the blocked paths to restore connectivity to all points in the network. The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP or 802.1w) provides backwards compatibility with legacy STP. -RSTP provides faster convergence and exchanges information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding mode without creating loops. +RSTP provides faster convergence and exchanges information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding mode without creating loops. FreeBSD supports RSTP and STP as operating modes, with RSTP being the default mode. STP can be enabled on member interfaces using man:ifconfig[8]. @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the address This gives the benefit of static address entries without the need to pre-populate the forwarding table. Clients learned on a particular segment of the bridge cannot roam to another segment. + -An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with VLANs in order to isolate customer networks without wasting IP address space. +An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with VLANs in order to isolate customer networks without wasting IP address space. Consider that `CustomerA` is on `vlan100`, `CustomerB` is on `vlan101`, and the bridge has the address `192.168.0.1`: + [source,shell] @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for `CustomerA # ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10 .... -Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded after man:bpf[4] processing and are not processed or forwarded further. +Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded after man:bpf[4] processing and are not processed or forwarded further. This can be used to multiplex the input of two or more interfaces into a single man:bpf[4] stream. This is useful for reconstructing the traffic for network taps that transmit the RX/TX signals out through two separate interfaces. For example, to read the input from four network interfaces as one stream: @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ Each LAG is composed of ports of the same speed, set to full-duplex operation, a Typically, there is only one LAG which contains all the ports. In the event of changes in physical connectivity, LACP will quickly converge to a new configuration. + -LACP balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. +LACP balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. The hash includes the Ethernet source and destination address and, if available, the VLAN tag, and the IPv4 or IPv6 source and destination address. roundrobin:: @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ ifconfig_lagg0="laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24" [example] ==== -For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not available. +For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not available. With man:lagg[4], it is possible to configure a failover which prefers the Ethernet connection for both performance and security reasons, while maintaining the ability to transfer data over the wireless connection. This is achieved by overriding the Ethernet interface's MAC address with that of the wireless interface. @@ -1859,13 +1859,13 @@ We therefore recommend overriding the Ethernet MAC address for this purpose. [NOTE] **** If the driver for the wireless interface is not loaded in the `GENERIC` or custom kernel, and the computer is running FreeBSD {rel121-current}, load the corresponding [.filename]#.ko# in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# by adding `*driver_load="YES"*` to that file and rebooting. -Another, better way is to load the driver in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# by adding it to `kld_list` (see man:rc.conf[5] for details) in that file and rebooting. +Another, better way is to load the driver in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# by adding it to `kld_list` (see man:rc.conf[5] for details) in that file and rebooting. This is needed because otherwise the driver is not loaded yet at the time the man:lagg[4] interface is set up. **** In this example, the Ethernet interface, _re0_, is the master and the wireless interface, _wlan0_, is the failover. The _wlan0_ interface was created from the _ath0_ physical wireless interface, and the Ethernet interface will be configured with the MAC address of the wireless interface. -First, bring the wireless interface up (replacing _FR_ with your own 2-letter country code), but do not set an IP address. +First, bring the wireless interface up (replacing _FR_ with the local 2-letter country code), but do not set an IP address. Replace _wlan0_ to match the system's wireless interface name: [source,shell] @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ Replace _wlan0_ to match the system's wireless interface name: # ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 country FR ssid my_router up .... -Now you can determine the MAC address of the wireless interface: +Determine the MAC address of the wireless interface like this: [source,shell] .... @@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ In this case, [.filename]#/etc# and [.filename]#/var# need to be memory backed f When the system boots, memory file systems for [.filename]#/etc# and [.filename]#/var# will be created and mounted and the contents of the [.filename]#cpio.gz# files will be copied into them. By default, these file systems have a maximum capacity of 5 megabytes. -If your archives do not fit, which is usually the case for [.filename]#/var# when binary packages have been installed, request a larger size by putting the number of 512 byte sectors needed (e.g., 5 megabytes is 10240 sectors) in [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/etc/md_size# and [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/var/md_size# files for [.filename]#/etc# and [.filename]#/var# file systems respectively. +If the archives do not fit, which is usually the case for [.filename]#/var# when binary packages have been installed, request a larger size by putting the number of 512 byte sectors needed (e.g., 5 megabytes is 10240 sectors) in [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/etc/md_size# and [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/var/md_size# files for [.filename]#/etc# and [.filename]#/var# file systems respectively. [[network-pxe-setting-up-dhcp]] === Configuring the DHCP Server diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po index 6025aa8045..892f3bc157 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:58 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "Configure bluetooth headset." +msgid "How to configure a bluetooth headset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ msgid "" "This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the WPA2 " "security protocol. More details regarding WPA and the configuration of WPA-" "based wireless clients can be found in crossref:advanced-networking[network-" -"wireless-wpa, WPA with EAP-TLS]." +"wireless-wpa-eap-tls, WPA with EAP-TLS]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1747,8 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" "man:ng_ubt[4]. Broadcom BCM2033 based Bluetooth devices are supported by " "the man:ubtbcmfw[4] and man:ng_ubt[4] drivers. The 3Com Bluetooth PC Card " "3CRWB60-A is supported by the man:ng_bt3c[4] driver. Serial and UART based " -"Bluetooth devices are supported by man:sio[4], man:ng_h4[4], and " -"man:hcseriald[8]." +"Bluetooth devices are supported by man:ng_h4[4] and man:hcseriald[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3634,8 +3633,8 @@ msgid "" "wireless interface, _wlan0_, is the failover. The _wlan0_ interface was " "created from the _ath0_ physical wireless interface, and the Ethernet " "interface will be configured with the MAC address of the wireless " -"interface. First, bring the wireless interface up (replacing _FR_ with your " -"own 2-letter country code), but do not set an IP address. Replace _wlan0_ " +"interface. First, bring the wireless interface up (replacing _FR_ with the " +"local 2-letter country code), but do not set an IP address. Replace _wlan0_ " "to match the system's wireless interface name:" msgstr "" @@ -3647,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1877 -msgid "Now you can determine the MAC address of the wireless interface:" +msgid "Determine the MAC address of the wireless interface like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4042,9 +4041,9 @@ msgid "" "When the system boots, memory file systems for [.filename]#/etc# and " "[.filename]#/var# will be created and mounted and the contents of the " "[.filename]#cpio.gz# files will be copied into them. By default, these file " -"systems have a maximum capacity of 5 megabytes. If your archives do not " -"fit, which is usually the case for [.filename]#/var# when binary packages " -"have been installed, request a larger size by putting the number of 512 byte " +"systems have a maximum capacity of 5 megabytes. If the archives do not fit, " +"which is usually the case for [.filename]#/var# when binary packages have " +"been installed, request a larger size by putting the number of 512 byte " "sectors needed (e.g., 5 megabytes is 10240 sectors) in [.filename]#$" "{NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/etc/md_size# and [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/conf/base/" "var/md_size# files for [.filename]#/etc# and [.filename]#/var# file systems " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc index 0c25670f22..e76b9b6b36 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ FreeBSD implements Sun(TM)'s published Basic Security Module (BSM) Application P This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit configuration. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * What event auditing is and how it works. * How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes. * How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]). * Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel]). diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po index 4ca00a396a..6abf99b7f9 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc index 0abb750dab..ad0cdb7a9c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operatin Much of this material is relevant for any UNIX(R)-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are encouraged to read through this chapter carefully. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to use and configure virtual consoles. * How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ How to configure NIS is covered in crossref:network-servers[network-servers,Netw Any user can easily change their password using man:passwd[1]. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be set: -.Changing Your Password +.Changing The Password [example] ==== [source,shell] @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ The root directory also contains mount points for other file systems that are mo A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further described in crossref:basics[disk-organization, Disk Organization]. -Standard mount points include `/usr/`, `/var/`, `/tmp/`, `/mnt/`, and `/cdrom/`. +Standard mount points include `/usr/`, `/var/`, `/tmp/`, `/mnt/`, and `/media/`. These directories are usually referenced to entries in `/etc/fstab`. This file is a table of various file systems and mount points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in `/etc/fstab` are mounted automatically at boot time from the script man:rc[8] unless their entry includes `noauto`. @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one advantage. * FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary. .Benefit of a Single File System -* File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the backed up data. +* File systems are a fixed size. When creating a file system during the FreeBSD installation and giving it a specific size, it may be that one wants to make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the backed up data. + [IMPORTANT] ==== @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ These devices are used by file systems that expect to occupy a slice. Each GPT or BSD partition can contain only one file system, which means that file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the file system hierarchy, or the name of the partition they are contained in. FreeBSD also uses disk space for _swap space_ to provide _virtual memory_. -This allows your computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. +This allows the computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) when it needs it. This is called _paging_. @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ For example, to change the shell to `bash`: % chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash .... -Enter your password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change your shell. +Enter the password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change the shell. Log off and log in again to start using the new shell. [NOTE] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po index 8c7298de08..85e8b3a671 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:60 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Block title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap -msgid "Changing Your Password" +msgid "Changing The Password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ msgid "" "onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further " "described in crossref:basics[disk-organization, Disk Organization]. " "Standard mount points include `/usr/`, `/var/`, `/tmp/`, `/mnt/`, and `/" -"cdrom/`. These directories are usually referenced to entries in `/etc/" +"media/`. These directories are usually referenced to entries in `/etc/" "fstab`. This file is a table of various file systems and mount points and " "is read by the system. Most of the file systems in `/etc/fstab` are mounted " "automatically at boot time from the script man:rc[8] unless their entry " @@ -2471,7 +2471,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap -msgid "Process file system. Refer to man:procfs[5], man:mount_procfs[8] for details." +msgid "Process file system. Refer to man:procfs[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -2901,11 +2901,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" -"File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install " -"FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to " -"make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing " -"up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the " -"backed up data." +"File systems are a fixed size. When creating a file system during the " +"FreeBSD installation and giving it a specific size, it may be that one wants " +"to make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without " +"backing up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring " +"the backed up data." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -2966,10 +2966,10 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1297 msgid "" "FreeBSD also uses disk space for _swap space_ to provide _virtual memory_. " -"This allows your computer to behave as though it has much more memory than " -"it actually does. When FreeBSD runs out of memory, it moves some of the " -"data that is not currently being used to the swap space, and moves it back " -"in (moving something else out) when it needs it. This is called _paging_." +"This allows the computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it " +"actually does. When FreeBSD runs out of memory, it moves some of the data " +"that is not currently being used to the swap space, and moves it back in " +"(moving something else out) when it needs it. This is called _paging_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4162,7 +4162,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "" -"Enter your password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change your " +"Enter the password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change the " "shell. Log off and log in again to start using the new shell." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc index 92a300d167..b8fe0c7e7c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything that happens until the FreeBSD kernel has started, probed for devices, and started man:init[8]. This occurs when the text color of the boot messages changes from bright white to grey. -After reading this chapter, you will recognize: +Read this chapter to learn: * The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact. * The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in order to control the boot process. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po index 914f08365e..527f2b6474 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:63 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc index 83acfe30e7..79234d2dc6 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The image types are: The rest of this chapter describes the third case, explaining how to install FreeBSD using the text-based installation program named bsdinstall. There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal instructions. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to obtain FreeBSD images and create FreeBSD installation media. * How to start bsdinstall. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware requireme [TIP] ==== -Consider using crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization] if you want to use FreeBSD on a system that already has another operating system installed. +Consider using crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization] when wanting to use FreeBSD on a system that already has another operating system installed. ==== Before moving on to the installation, check that the system is ready by verifying the items in this checklist: @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ There are two _checksum_ files available, named after the release number and the For example: `CHECKSUM.SHA256-FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64` and `CHECKSUM.SHA512-FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64`. After downloading one of the files (or both), calculate the _checksum_ for the image file and compare it with the one shown in the _checksum_ file. -Note that you need to compare the calculated _checksum_ against the correct file, as they correspond to two different algorithms: SHA256 and SHA512. +Note that comparing the calculated _checksum_ against the correct file is needed, as they correspond to two different algorithms: SHA256 and SHA512. FreeBSD provides man:sha256[1] and man:sha512[1] that can be used for calculating the _checksum_. Other operating systems have similar programs. @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods. === Designing the Partition Layout The default partition layout for file systems includes one file system for the entire system. -When using `UFS` it may be worth considering the use of multiple file systems if you have sufficient disk space or multiple disks. +When using `UFS` it may be worth considering the use of multiple file systems with sufficient disk space or multiple disks available. When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger partitions like `/usr` should be placed toward the inner parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: `/`, swap, `/var`, and `/usr`. @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ Here is a summary of the services that can be enabled in this menu: * `sshd` - The Secure Shell (SSH) daemon is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins. * `moused` - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-line system console. * `ntpdate` - Enable automatic clock synchronization at boot time. Note that the functionality of this program is now available in the man:ntpd[8] daemon and the man:ntpdate[8] utility will soon be retired. -* `ntpd` - The Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if you wish to synchronise your system clock with a remote time server or pool. +* `ntpd` - The Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service when wanting to synchronise the system clock with a remote time server or pool. * `powerd` - System power control utility for power control and energy saving. * `dumpdev` - Crash dumps are useful when debugging issues with the system, so users are encouraged to enable them. @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ Once configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]. [[bsdinstall-final-modification-shell]] .Manual Configuration -image::bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png[Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if you want to open a shell to make manual changes.] +image::bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png[Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if a shell to make manual changes should open.] bsdinstall will prompt for any additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit to a shell within the new system or btn:[No] to proceed to the last step of the installation. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po index 3c2432c2a2..a2c5c2740e 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:68 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" -"Consider using crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization] if you " -"want to use FreeBSD on a system that already has another operating system " +"Consider using crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization] when " +"wanting to use FreeBSD on a system that already has another operating system " "installed." msgstr "" @@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After downloading one of the files (or both), calculate the _checksum_ for " "the image file and compare it with the one shown in the _checksum_ file. " -"Note that you need to compare the calculated _checksum_ against the correct " -"file, as they correspond to two different algorithms: SHA256 and SHA512. " +"Note that comparing the calculated _checksum_ against the correct file is " +"needed, as they correspond to two different algorithms: SHA256 and SHA512. " "FreeBSD provides man:sha256[1] and man:sha512[1] that can be used for " "calculating the _checksum_. Other operating systems have similar programs." msgstr "" @@ -1177,13 +1177,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The default partition layout for file systems includes one file system for " "the entire system. When using `UFS` it may be worth considering the use of " -"multiple file systems if you have sufficient disk space or multiple disks. " -"When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster " -"from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file " -"systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger " -"partitions like `/usr` should be placed toward the inner parts of the disk. " -"It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: `/`, swap, `/" -"var`, and `/usr`." +"multiple file systems with sufficient disk space or multiple disks " +"available. When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer " +"data faster from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-" +"accessed file systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while " +"larger partitions like `/usr` should be placed toward the inner parts of the " +"disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: `/`, " +"swap, `/var`, and `/usr`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -1646,26 +1646,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition " "sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with " "either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that " "are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every " -"partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the " -"_freebsd-boot_ partition should be no larger than 512K due to current boot " -"code limitations." +"partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: a " +"_freebsd-boot_ partition for BIOS booting should be no larger than 512K due " +"to legacy boot code limitations. This limitation does not apply to UEFI " +"booting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "A `Mountpoint` is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If " "only a single UFS partition will be created, the mountpoint should be `/`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "The `Label` is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or " "numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or " @@ -1677,7 +1678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:655 msgid "" "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical " "labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be " @@ -1686,13 +1687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:658 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "For a traditional partition layout where the `/`, `/var`, `/tmp`, and `/usr` " "directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a GPT " @@ -1704,144 +1705,144 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD's `gptboot` expects the first UFS partition to be the `/" "` partition." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:672 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap msgid "Size" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountpoint" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:676 #, no-wrap msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-boot`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "`512K`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:681 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:691 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:696 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-ufs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:682 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "`2G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "`/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:686 #, no-wrap msgid "`exrootfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-swap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "`4G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "`exswap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "`exvarfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "`1G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "`/tmp`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "`extmpfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "`exusrfs`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" "After the custom partitions have been created, select btn:[Finish] to " "continue with the installation and go to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-" @@ -1849,13 +1850,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using Root-on-ZFS" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the " "contents of the entire disk. The main ZFS configuration menu offers a " @@ -1863,35 +1864,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Partitioning Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different options to configure the ZFS pool" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-menu.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:723 msgid "Here is a summary of the options in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:725 msgid "`Install` - Proceed with the installation with the selected options." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "`Pool Type/Disks` - Configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " "constitute the pool. The automatic ZFS installer currently only supports the " @@ -1901,12 +1902,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:731 msgid "`Rescan Devices` - Repopulate the list of available disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "`Disk Info` - This menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its " "partition table and various other information such as the device model " @@ -1914,13 +1915,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "`Pool Name` - Establish the name of the pool. The default name is _zroot_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "`Force 4K Sectors?` - Force the use of 4K sectors. By default, the installer " "will automatically create partitions aligned to 4K boundaries and force ZFS " @@ -1932,7 +1933,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" "`Encrypt Disks?` - Encrypting the disks allows the user to encrypt the disks " "using GELI. More information about disk encryption is available in " @@ -1941,7 +1942,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:736 msgid "" "`Partition Scheme` - Choose the partition scheme. GPT is the recommended " "option in most cases. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose between the " @@ -1949,12 +1950,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:737 msgid "`Swap Size` - Establish the amount of swap space." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "`Mirror Swap?` - Whether to mirror the swap between the disks. Be aware that " "enabling mirror swap will break crash dumps. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to " @@ -1962,7 +1963,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "`Encrypt Swap?` - Whether to encrypt the swap. This will encrypt the swap " "with a temporary key each time the system boots, and discards it on reboot. " @@ -1971,37 +1972,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:741 msgid "" "Select kbd:[T] to configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " "constitute the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Pool Type" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the Virtual Device type. Ex: stripe" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:747 msgid "Here is a summary of the `Pool Type` that can be selected in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:749 msgid "" "`stripe` - Striping provides maximum storage of all connected devices, but " "no redundancy. If just one disk fails the data on the pool is lost " @@ -2009,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "`mirror` - Mirroring stores a complete copy of all data on every disk. " "Mirroring provides good read performance because data is read from all disks " @@ -2019,7 +2020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "`raid10` - Striped mirrors. Provides the best performance, but the least " "storage. This option needs at least an even number of disks and a minimum of " @@ -2027,28 +2028,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "`raidz1` - Single Redundant RAID. Allow one disk to fail concurrently. This " "option needs at least three disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "`raidz2` - Double Redundant RAID. Allows two disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least four disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "`raidz3` - Triple Redundant RAID. Allows three disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least five disks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "Once a `Pool Type` has been selected, a list of available disks is " "displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up " @@ -2058,43 +2059,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting how many disks will be added to the pool" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 #, no-wrap msgid "Invalid Selection" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating that not enough disks have been selected." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached " "after the installer was started, select btn:[- Rescan Devices] to repopulate " @@ -2102,25 +2103,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Device rescan" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-rescan-devices.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the btn:[- Disk Info] menu can " "be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various " @@ -2129,25 +2130,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "Analyzing a Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the information of the partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "Select kbd:[N] to configure the `Pool Name`. Enter the desired name, then " "select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the main " @@ -2155,25 +2156,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "Pool Name" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the name of the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-pool-name.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "Select kbd:[S] to set the amount of swap. Enter the desired amount of swap, " "then select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the " @@ -2181,25 +2182,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:790 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap Amount" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the amount of swap memory" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-swap-amount.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the btn:[>>> " "Install] option at the top of the menu. The installer then offers a last " @@ -2208,25 +2209,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Chance" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating to the user that the data will be lost" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "If GELI disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the " "passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks. Initialization of the " @@ -2234,43 +2235,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption Password" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the password to encrypt the devices." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing Encryption" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the encryption is initializing." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-init-encription.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "The installation then proceeds normally. To continue with the installation, " "go to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-fetching-distribution, Fetching " @@ -2278,13 +2279,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "When creating advanced installations, the bsdinstall partitioning menus may " "not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select " @@ -2295,14 +2296,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:822 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "Fetching Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, " "installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will " @@ -2310,7 +2311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the " "partitions. Next, in the case of a `bootonly media` or `mini memstick`, it " @@ -2318,19 +2319,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the download of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-fetching.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they " "have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation " @@ -2338,48 +2339,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "Verifying Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the verification of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-verifying.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:842 msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "Extracting Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the extraction of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-extracting.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, bsdinstall " "displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available " @@ -2387,20 +2388,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:851 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interfaces, Accounts, Time Zone, Services and Hardening" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:853 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the `root` Password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "First, the `root` password must be set. While entering the password, the " "characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. The password must " @@ -2408,50 +2409,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing requesting the password for the root user." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-post-root-passwd.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. " "Select the interface to configure." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose a Network Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different network interfaces to configure." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the " "menu shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4,Choose IPv4 " @@ -2460,25 +2461,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing wireless network scanning." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (SSID); a " "short, unique name given to each network. SSIDs found during the scan are " @@ -2490,25 +2491,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:890 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different wireless networks to connect to." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:890 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:896 msgid "" "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected " "wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended over older " @@ -2519,50 +2520,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:898 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2 Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the wireless network password." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "Next, choose whether or not an IPv4 address should be configured on the " "Ethernet or wireless interface:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv4 Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if IPv4 wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "There are two methods of IPv4 configuration. DHCP will automatically " "configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network " @@ -2571,7 +2572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a DHCP " "server is not available, obtain the information listed in " @@ -2580,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "If a DHCP server is available, select btn:[Yes] in the next menu to " "automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to " @@ -2589,92 +2590,92 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv4 DHCP Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if DHCP wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "If a DHCP server is not available, select btn:[No] and input the following " "addressing information in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv4 Static Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure IPv4 network." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "`IP Address` - The IPv4 address assigned to this computer. The address must " "be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:933 msgid "`Subnet Mask` - The subnet mask for the network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:934 msgid "`Default Router` - The IP address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for IPv6. If " "IPv6 is available and desired, choose btn:[Yes] to select it." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if IPv6 wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:945 msgid "" "IPv6 also has two methods of configuration. StateLess Address " "AutoConfiguration (SLAAC) will automatically request the correct " @@ -2684,7 +2685,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "If an IPv6 router is available, select btn:[Yes] in the next menu to " "automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to " @@ -2693,62 +2694,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if SLAAC wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "If an IPv6 router is not available, select btn:[No] and input the following " "addressing information in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:956 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure IPv6 network." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "`IPv6 Address` - The IPv6 address assigned to this computer. The address " "must be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:961 msgid "`Default Router` - The IPv6 address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:967 msgid "" "The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name " "System (DNS) resolver, which converts hostnames to and from network " @@ -2760,25 +2761,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure DNS for the network." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "Once the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in " "the same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being " @@ -2787,38 +2788,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "Selecting `ftp://download.freebsd.org (Main Site)` will automatically route " "to the nearest mirror." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:981 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a Mirror" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting a network mirror." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:985 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Time Zone" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:989 msgid "" "The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by " "selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time " @@ -2828,7 +2829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "The example shown here is for a machine located in the mainland time zone of " "Spain, Europe. The selections will vary according to the geographical " @@ -2836,122 +2837,122 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:994 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Region" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:995 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone region." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:995 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-region.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing " "kbd:[Enter]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1000 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Country" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone country." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-country.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press kbd:[Enter]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1007 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone zone." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1007 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-zone.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing kbd:" "[Enter]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1012 #, no-wrap msgid "Confirm Time Zone" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting confirmation of the selected timezone." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-confirm.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Date" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the system date." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-date.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "The appropriate date is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing btn:" "[Set Date]. Otherwise, the date selection can be skipped by pressing btn:" @@ -2959,25 +2960,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1025 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Time" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the system time." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-time.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1030 msgid "" "The appropriate time is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing btn:" "[Set Time]. Otherwise, the time selection can be skipped by pressing btn:" @@ -2985,13 +2986,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Services" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started " "whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start " @@ -2999,30 +3000,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different services available." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-services.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "Here is a summary of the services that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "`local_unbound` - Enable the DNS local unbound. It is necessary to keep in " "mind that this is a configuration only meant for use as a local caching " @@ -3031,7 +3032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "" "`sshd` - The Secure Shell (SSH) daemon is used to remotely access a system " "over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should " @@ -3039,14 +3040,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "`moused` - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-" "line system console." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "`ntpdate` - Enable automatic clock synchronization at boot time. Note that " "the functionality of this program is now available in the man:ntpd[8] daemon " @@ -3054,85 +3055,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "`ntpd` - The Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon for automatic clock " -"synchronization. Enable this service if you wish to synchronise your system " +"synchronization. Enable this service when wanting to synchronise the system " "clock with a remote time server or pool." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "`powerd` - System power control utility for power control and energy saving." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "`dumpdev` - Crash dumps are useful when debugging issues with the system, so " "users are encouraged to enable them." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Hardening Security Options" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "The next menu is used to configure which security options will be enabled. " "All of these options are optional. But their use is encouraged." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Hardening Security Options" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu shoring the different hardening security options." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-hardening.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "Here is a summary of the options that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "`hide_uids` - Hide processes running as other users (UID). This prevents " "unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other users." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "`hide_gids` - Hide processes running as other groups (GID). This prevents " "unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other groups." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "`hide_jail` - Hide processes running in jails. This prevents unprivileged " "users from seeing processes running inside jails." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "`read_msgbuf` - Disable reading kernel message buffer for unprivileged " "users. Prevent unprivileged users from using man:dmesg[8] to view messages " @@ -3140,7 +3141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "`proc_debug` - Disable process debugging facilities for unprivileged users. " "Disables a variety of unprivileged inter-process debugging services, " @@ -3151,17 +3152,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "`random_pid` - Randomize the PID of processes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "`clear_tmp` - Clean `/tmp` when the system starts up." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "`disable_syslogd` - Disable opening the syslogd network socket. By default, " "FreeBSD runs syslogd in a secure way with `-s`. This prevents the daemon " @@ -3171,19 +3172,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "`disable_sendmail` - Disable the sendmail mail transport agent." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "`secure_console` - Make the command prompt request the `root` password when " "entering single-user mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "`disable_ddtrace` - DTrace can run in a mode that affects the running " "kernel. Destructive actions may not be used unless explicitly enabled. Use `-" @@ -3192,7 +3193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "`enable_aslr` - Enable address layout randomization. For more information " "about address layout randomization the link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -3200,13 +3201,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1079 #, no-wrap msgid "Add Users" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is " "recommended to log into the system using a user account rather than as " @@ -3216,30 +3217,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "Select btn:[Yes] to add new users." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "Add User Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting if a user want to be added to the system." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser1.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "" "Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user " "account. The example shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-add-" @@ -3247,30 +3248,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter User Information" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting different information for the new user." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser2.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "`Username` - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is " "to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as " @@ -3279,28 +3280,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "" "`Full name` - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a " "description for the user account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1104 msgid "" "`Uid` - User ID. This is typically left blank so the system automatically " "assigns a value." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "`Login group` - The user's group. This is typically left blank to accept the " "default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "`Invite _user_ into other groups?` - Additional groups to which the user " "will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type " @@ -3308,12 +3309,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "`Login class` - Typically left blank for the default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "`Shell` - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for " "the user. Refer to crossref:basics[shells,Shells] for more information about " @@ -3321,61 +3322,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "`Home directory` - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "`Home directory permissions` - Permissions on the user's home directory. The " "default is usually correct." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "`Use password-based authentication?` - Typically `yes` so that the user is " "prompted to input their password at login." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "`Use an empty password?` - Typically `no` as empty or blank passwords are " "insecure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "`Use a random password?` - Typically `no` so that the user can set their own " "password in the next prompt." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1114 msgid "" "`Enter password` - The password for this user. Typed-in characters will not " "be shown on the screen." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1115 msgid "" "`Enter password again` - The password must be typed again for verification." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "" "`Lock out the account after creation?` - Typically `no` so that the user can " "log in." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "After entering all the details, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake " "was made, enter `no` to correct it. Once everything is correct, enter `yes` " @@ -3383,149 +3384,149 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "Exit User and Group Management" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the information of the new user and requesting if everything is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser3.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "" "If there are more users to add, answer the `Add another user?` question with " "`yes`. Enter `no` to finish adding users and continue the installation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "" "For more information on adding users and user management, see " "crossref:basics[users-synopsis,Users and Basic Account Management]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1130 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is " "provided to modify settings." msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing different options to perform before finishing the installation. Ex: Add user" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-finalconfiguration.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "" "Use this menu to make any changes or to do any additional configuration " "before completing the installation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "`Add User` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers, Add " "Users]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "" "`Root Password` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-post-root, " "Setting the `root` Password]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1144 msgid "" "`Hostname` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hostname, Setting " "the Hostname]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "`Network` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-config-network-dev, " "Configuring Network Interfaces]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "`Services` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-sysconf, Enabling " "Services]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "" "`System Hardening` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hardening, " "Enabling Hardening Security Options]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "`Time Zone` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-timezone, Setting " "the Time Zone]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "`Handbook` - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "Once configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap -msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if you want to open a shell to make manual changes." +msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if a shell to make manual changes should open." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1158 msgid "" "bsdinstall will prompt for any additional configuration that needs to be " "done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit to a " @@ -3534,32 +3535,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "Complete the Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished and asking whether to reboot the system or access the Live CD." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-mainexit.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select btn:[Live CD] to " "boot the install media into Live CD mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1167 msgid "" "If the installation is complete, select btn:[Reboot] to reboot the computer " "and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD " @@ -3567,7 +3568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system " "finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the `login:` prompt, " @@ -3578,7 +3579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1179 msgid "" "The messages that appear during boot can be reviewed by pressing kbd:[Scroll-" "Lock] to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The kbd:[PgUp], kbd:[PgDn], and " @@ -3590,7 +3591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "" "If sshd was enabled in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-config-serv,Selecting " "Additional Services to Enable], the first boot might be a bit slower as the " @@ -3599,7 +3600,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1221 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n" @@ -3640,14 +3641,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1224 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:security[openssh,\"OpenSSH\"] for more information about " "fingerprints and SSH." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1227 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to " "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] for more information about installing " @@ -3655,7 +3656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from " "damage. _Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut " @@ -3666,20 +3667,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common " "problems people have reported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "Check the Hardware Notes listed on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/" "[FreeBSD Release Information] page for the version of FreeBSD to make sure " @@ -3687,7 +3688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1244 msgid "" "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the " "firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. " @@ -3697,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1247 msgid "" "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard BIOS unless " "there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade " @@ -3706,7 +3707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot or behaves strangely " "during the installation process, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes " @@ -3718,13 +3719,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1257 #, no-wrap msgid "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add " "`hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"` to the file `/boot/loader.conf`. More " @@ -3733,13 +3734,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1263 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Live CD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "" "The welcome menu of bsdinstall, shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-" "choose-mode,Welcome Menu], provides a btn:[Live CD] option. This is useful " @@ -3748,26 +3749,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "The following points should be noted before using the btn:[Live CD]:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1272 msgid "" "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is " "`root` and the password is blank." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be " "significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc index 7675b13762..6f2701d077 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ endif::[] One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]). -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to use the various configuration files in [.filename]#/etc#. * The basics of [.filename]#rc.conf# configuration and [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/rc.d# startup scripts. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ The state to be retrieved or set is described using a "Management Information Ba |Kernel functions and features |vm -|virtual memory +|Virtual memory |vfs |Filesystem @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the administrative burden of In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be configured using syslogd and newsyslog. -This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host `A`, named `logserv.example.com`, will collect logging information for the local network. +This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host `A`, named `logserv.example.com`, will collect logging information for the local network. Host `B`, named `logclient.example.com`, will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po index 2c3258898d..65ec5df7bc 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:59 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap -msgid "virtual memory" +msgid "Virtual memory" msgstr "" #. type: Table diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc index e787d106ee..2f813b3419 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ However, even official releases are often updated with security and other critic Regardless of the version used, FreeBSD provides all the necessary tools to keep the system updated, and allows for easy upgrades between versions. This chapter describes how to track the development system and the basic tools for keeping a FreeBSD system up-to-date. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with freebsd-update or Git. * How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine copy. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and FreeBSD-CURRENT. * How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Properly set up the network connection (crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking]). * Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]). @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ For example: * a kernel module that is built on 13.1 might *not* be suitable for 13.2. -So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if your package requirements include any kernel module: +So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if the package requirements include any kernel module: * *be prepared to build the module from source*. @@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ If physical access to the system is available, a copy of the `GENERIC` kernel ca [source,shell] .... -# mount /cdrom -# cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist +# mount /media +# cd /media/usr/freebsd-dist # tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel .... @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors (extref:{ === Updating Documentation from Source Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. -The required tools can be installed following extref:{fdp-primer}[these steps, overview-quick-start] from the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer. +The required tools can be installed following extref:{fdp-primer}overview[these steps, overview-quick-start] from the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer. Once installed, use `git` to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source: @@ -687,8 +687,8 @@ For example: Usually this number is not all that important. However, when bug fixes are committed, this number makes it easy to quickly determine whether the fix is present in the currently running system. Developers will often refer to the hash of the commit (or provide a URL which has that hash), but not the n-number since the hash is the easily visible identifier for a change while the n-number is not. -Security advisories and errata notices will also note an n-number, which can be directly compared against your system. -When you need to use shallow Git clones, you cannot compare n-numbers reliably as the `git rev-list` command counts all the revisions in the repository which a shallow clone omits. +Security advisories and errata notices will also note an n-number, which can be directly compared against the system. +When shallow Git clones are used, n-numbers cannot be compared reliably, as the git rev-list command counts all revisions in the repository, which a shallow clone omits. [[makeworld]] == Updating FreeBSD from Source @@ -1087,12 +1087,372 @@ The last step after updating is to restart the computer so all the changes take # shutdown -r now .... +[[pkgbase]] +== Updating FreeBSD with packages + +Starting from 14.0-RELEASE, the FreeBSD project has published a set of packages of the base system, using man:pkg[8]. +The convenience of pkg is no longer limited to the FreeBSD ports collection. +man:pkg[8] can be used for FreeBSD itself. +Base packages, and usage thereof, were traditionally referred to as _pkgbase_. + +Publication of official packages began in link:https://lists.freebsd.org/archives/freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[October 2023]. +Their use with FreeBSD 14 is currently experimental. + +Starting from 15.0-RELEASE, man:freebsd-base[7] will be supported as a tech preview for: + +* installation +* minor upgrades +* major upgrades + +freebsd-base will eventually replace: + +* tarball distribution sets, such as `base.txz` or `kernel.txz`, which are historically used for installation of the OS with man:bsdinstall[8] +* man:freebsd-update[8] for updates to the OS. + +The current plan is for freebsd-update to work with pkg. + +[WARNING] +==== +The replacement of distribution sets will take some time, until freebsd-base is fully stable! +==== + +Base System packages complement crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,"building and installing from source"], which is still available for those who wish to build their own custom kernels or userland. +It is also possible to build custom base system packages from local sources, as well as just relying on officially provided packages. + +=== Converting a Host to use freebsd-base + +FreeBSD 14.0-RELEASE or later can be converted to use base packages. +Earlier versions must be upgraded with freebsd-update before conversion. + +For conversion, the FreeBSD Foundation-sponsored link:https://github.com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify] tool is recommended. +Follow the instructions given there. + +man:freebsd-update[8] will be enhanced to use pkg and pkgbasify. + +[WARNING] +==== +Note that this migration requires up to 5GiB additional free space, to download, unpack, and relocate any conflicting files. +The pkgbasify tool does not check for this and it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that enough space is available before running the migration. +==== + +man:pkgbasify[8] (or whatever outcome link:https://reviews.freebsd.org/D51594[D51594] or link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/WantedPorts#O-P[port request] will have) performs 6 main tasks: + +* Creates a backup boot environment (ZFS only) with man:bectl[8] +* Creates the new package repository config files +* Upgrades existing system components such as base, kernel, lib32, debug +* Merges existing and new config files +* Updates passwd and capabilities databases +* Restarts sshd immediately + +=== Upgrading a Host using freebsd-base + +[WARNING] +==== +This is still in development, so please be careful especially when converting an existing system to use freebsd-base. +==== + +Create a folder for custom pkg repository config files, if there is none present already. + +[source,shell] +.... +# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/ +.... + +For using the freebsd-base repository, create a pkg repository configuration file called `FreeBSD-base.conf`: + +[[pgk-base-repo-configuration]] +[.programlisting] +.... +FreeBSD-base { + url = "pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_${VERSION_MINOR}"; + mirror_type = "srv"; + signature_type = "fingerprints"; + fingerprints = "/usr/share/keys/pkg"; + enabled = yes; +} +.... + +for more information on specific configuration options see man:pkg.conf[5]. + +There are different branches to choose from (by changing the url accordingly): + +[[table-of-packagebase-branches]] +.Base system package Branches +[cols="10%,20%,70%, options="header"] +|=== +| Branch +| Frequency +| URL + +| main +| twice daily - 12:00 and 00:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest` + +| main +| weekly – Sunday at 12:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly` + +| stable/14 +| twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest` + +| stable/14 +| weekly – Sunday at 12:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly` + +| releng/14.3 +| twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_3` + +| releng/15.0 +| twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_0` + +| stable/15 +| twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest` + +| stable/15 +| weekly – Sunday at 12:00 UTC +| `pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly` +|=== + +To upgrade the system, change the configuration file according to the desired release, and run: + +[source,shell] +.... +# pkg update -r FreeBSD-base +# pkg upgrade -r FreeBSD-base +.... + +check, if these packages are correct and accept the changes. + +Reboot the OS executing the following command: + +[source,shell] +.... +# shutdown -r now +.... + +[[pkgbase-major-upgrade]] +==== Major Upgrades +With ZFS, boot environments allow an upgrade to be performed without interrupting running software. +If the system does not use root-on-ZFS: backup before upgrading. + +===== Preparations +Change `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD-base.conf` to target the correct major release like `base_release_0` for 15.0-RELEASE, to look like this: + +[WARNING] +==== +This file might change to be included in RELEASE with a different path. +==== + +[.programlisting] +.... +FreeBSD-base { + url = "pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_0"; + mirror_type = "srv"; + signature_type = "fingerprints"; + fingerprints = "/usr/share/keys/pkg"; + enabled = yes; +} +.... + +[WARNING] +==== +As pkgbase with FreeBSD 14 is experimental, so is a pkgbase major upgrade to 15. +At the time of this writing in some edge-cases the major upgrade removes pkg and therefore segfaults. +This is considered a (link:https://github.com/freebsd/pkg/issues/2475[known issue]) for 15.0-RELEASE. +To work around this issue, lock pkg before upgrading. + +[source,shell] +.... +# pkg -c /mnt/upgrade lock pkg +.... + +An experimental major upgrade from FreeBSD 14, to 15 (or 16.0-CURRENT), should be followed by installation of meta package `FreeBSD-set-minimal`. +==== + + +Save a list of the non-base packages in case they are needed later: + +[source,shell] +.... +pkg prime-origins | sort -u > /var/tmp/pkg-prime-origins.txt +.... + +[[pkgbase-major-zfs]] +===== major upgrade with zfs +Create a boot environment using man:bectl[8] and name it according to the version upgrading to +[source,shell] +.... +# bectl create 15.0-RELEASE +.... + +Create a directory then mount the new boot environment there to enable working with pkg man:chroot[8] and rootdir. + +[source,shell] +.... +# mkdir /mnt/upgrade +# bectl mount 15.0-RELEASE /mnt/upgrade +.... + +The next step will upgrade the boot environment to the specified version. + +[WARNING] +==== +This step might remove non-base packages, which could include the running desktop environment. +==== + +Set the environment variable ABI to upgrade the major version (replace amd64 with the architecture and 15 with the targeted version). +Set the pkg-static chroot directory to the boot environment mountpoint. + +[source,shell] +.... +# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static -c /mnt/upgrade upgrade -r FreeBSD-base +.... + +There will be a prompt asking about ignoring the version mismatch looking like this: + +[source,shell] +.... +Newer FreeBSD version for package FreeBSD-zoneinfo: +To ignore this error set IGNORE_OSVERSION=yes +- package: 1500058 +- running userland: 1500000 +Ignore the mismatch and continue? [y/N]: +.... + +Check and confirm that. + +To check if that was successful, chroot into the mountpoint of the boot environment and run `freebsd-version -kru`. + +[source,shell] +.... +# chroot /mnt/upgrade +# freebsd-version -ku +# exit +.... + +Activate the boot environment temporarily and reboot. +[source,shell] +.... +# bectl activate -t 15.0-RELEASE +# shutdown -r now +.... + +If the system does not work as expected: restart the OS to cease using the temporarily active boot environment. +The next boot will reuse the pre-upgrade environment. + +If the system runs stable after reboot, don't forget to permanently activate this boot environment to prevent accidentally booting the old system. + +[source,shell] +.... +bectl activate 15.0-RELEASE +.... + +[[pkgbase-major-non-zfs]] +===== major upgrade without zfs +Set the environment variable ABI to upgrade the major version (replace amd64 with the architecture and 15 with the targeted version). + +[source,shell] +.... +# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static upgrade -r FreeBSD-base +.... + +There will be a prompt to ask about ignoring the version mismatch looking like this: + +[source,shell] +.... +Newer FreeBSD version for package FreeBSD-zoneinfo: +To ignore this error set IGNORE_OSVERSION=yes +- package: 1500058 +- running userland: 1500000 +Ignore the mismatch and continue? [y/N]: +.... + +Check and confirm that. + +To check if the upgrade was successful, run `freebsd-version -ku`. + +Then reboot. + +===== Post-upgrade tasks +If pkg was locked during the update as a workaround remove the lock like this: +[source,shell] +.... +# pkg unlock pkg +.... + +After upgrading to a new major version, updates and upgrades of installed packages to match the ABI version may be necessary. + +[source,shell] +.... +# pkg upgrade +.... + +Consider getting help from link:https://www.freebsd.org/support/[FreeBSD Support] when experiencing issues. + +[[build-pkgbase-packages-locally]] +=== Manually building pkgbase and publishing it to the local network + +When building custom pkgbase packages clone the FreeBSD source tree: + +[source,shell] +.... +# cd /usr/src +# git clone https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src.git /usr/src +.... + +Check out the branch for the release to build packages for: + +[source,shell] +.... +# git checkout releng/14.3 +.... + +Start the building process, depending on the resources available this could take some while. +Set the parallel processes according to the CPU core count. + +This example is written for an 8 core CPU: + +[source,shell] +.... +# make -j8 buildworld && make -j8 buildkernel && make -j8 packages +.... + +When building frequently, consider using package:devel/ccache[] to speed up subsequent builds from the cache. + +After building, the packages will get saved into `/usr/obj/usr/src/repo/FreeBSD:14:amd64/14.3p2` or something like that, depending on the version build. + +To publish these packages to the network set up a nginx service and use this location in the http server configuration: + +[.programlisting] +.... + location /FreeBSD:14:amd64 { + alias /usr/obj/usr/src/repo/FreeBSD:14:amd64/; + autoindex on; + } +.... + +And reload the nginx service. + +When not using https, use a small configuration file on the clients to target the pkgbase version just built by editing `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/upgrade.conf`: + +[.programlisting] +.... +upgrade: { + url = http://ip.of.the.server/FreeBSD:14:amd64/14.3p2 + enabled = yes +} +.... + +and use it as written above (but use -r upgrade instead of FreeBSD-base). + [[small-lan]] == Tracking for Multiple Machines -When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, -it is a waste of disk space, network bandwidth, -and CPU cycles to have each system download the sources and rebuild everything. +When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download the sources and rebuild everything. The solution is to have one machine do most of the work, while the rest of the machines mount that work via NFS. This section outlines a method of doing so. For more information about using NFS, refer to crossref:network-servers[network-nfs,"Network File System (NFS)"]. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po index bd0969c84e..3eac3c0dd0 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:62 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" -"So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if your package requirements include " +"So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if the package requirements include " "any kernel module:" msgstr "" @@ -694,6 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:385 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown -r now\n" msgstr "" @@ -752,8 +753,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# mount /cdrom\n" -"# cd /cdrom/usr/freebsd-dist\n" +"# mount /media\n" +"# cd /media/usr/freebsd-dist\n" "# tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel\n" msgstr "" @@ -1001,8 +1002,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of " "tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools can " -"be installed following extref:{fdp-primer}[these steps, overview-quick-" -"start] from the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer." +"be installed following extref:{fdp-primer}overview[these steps, overview-" +"quick-start] from the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1418,10 +1419,10 @@ msgid "" "hash of the commit (or provide a URL which has that hash), but not the n-" "number since the hash is the easily visible identifier for a change while " "the n-number is not. Security advisories and errata notices will also note " -"an n-number, which can be directly compared against your system. When you " -"need to use shallow Git clones, you cannot compare n-numbers reliably as the " -"`git rev-list` command counts all the revisions in the repository which a " -"shallow clone omits." +"an n-number, which can be directly compared against the system. When " +"shallow Git clones are used, n-numbers cannot be compared reliably, as the " +"git rev-list command counts all revisions in the repository, which a shallow " +"clone omits." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -2159,11 +2160,603 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title == #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap +msgid "Updating FreeBSD with Base System Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1096 +msgid "" +"Starting from 14.0-RELEASE, the FreeBSD project has published a set of " +"packages of the kernel and base system, using man:pkg[8]. These can be used " +"in the same convenient way that users are used to, for adding and upgrading " +"ported software, but for the kernel and userland itself. The packages, and " +"usage thereof, are often referred to as pkgbase." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1098 +msgid "" +"Packages have been available since link:https://lists.freebsd.org/archives/" +"freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[October 2023], considered " +"experimental for FreeBSD's 14 Release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1100 +msgid "" +"Starting from 15.0-RELEASE, Base System packages will be the default and " +"officially supported way to both install new FreeBSD instances, and also to " +"update and upgrade between minor and major releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1104 +msgid "" +"From 15.0-RELEASE onwards, the long-running man:freebsd-update[8] tool will " +"only be supported on the earlier 13 and 14 release branches." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1107 +msgid "Base System Packages replace:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1109 +msgid "" +"tarball distribution sets, such as `base.txz` or `kernel.txz`, which are " +"historically used for installation of the OS with man:bsdinstall[8]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1110 +msgid "man:freebsd-update[8] for updates to the OS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1113 +msgid "" +"Base System packages complement crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,\"building " +"and installing from source\"], which is still available for those who wish " +"to build their own custom kernels or userland. It is also possible to build " +"custom base system packages from local sources, as well as just relying on " +"officially provided packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Host to use pkgbase" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1118 +msgid "" +"Systems installed with FreeBSD 14.0-RELEASE or later can be converted to use " +"Base System packages. For earlier versions, it is recommended to first " +"upgrade to a recent Version, and then convert." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1120 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD Foundation has sponsored development of a tool called " +"link:https://github.com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify], which for " +"most users, will be the easiest and safest way to convert systems to use " +"Base System packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1125 +msgid "" +"Note that this migration requires up to 5GiB additional free space, to " +"download, unpack, and relocate any conflicting files. The pkgbasify tool " +"does not check for this and it is the responsibility of the user to ensure " +"that enough space is available before running the migration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1128 +msgid "" +"man:pkgbasify[8] (or whatever outcome link:https://reviews.freebsd.org/" +"D51594[D51594] or link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/WantedPorts#O-P[port " +"request] will have) performs 6 main tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1130 +msgid "Creates a backup boot environment (ZFS only) with man:bectl[8]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1131 +msgid "Creates the new package repository config files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1132 +msgid "Upgrades existing system components such as base, kernel, lib32, debug" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1133 +msgid "Merges existing and new config files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1134 +msgid "Updates passwd and capabilities databases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1135 +msgid "Restarts sshd immediately" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# cd /tmp\n" +"# fetch https://github.com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify/raw/refs/heads/main/pkgbasify.lua\n" +"# chmod +x pkgbasify.lua\n" +"# ./pkgbasify.lua\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrading a Host using pkgbase" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1149 +msgid "" +"This is still in development, so please be careful especially when " +"converting an existing system to use pkgbase." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1152 +msgid "" +"Create a folder for custom pkg repository config files, if there is none " +"present already." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1159 +msgid "" +"For using the pkgbase repository, create a pkg repository configuration file " +"called `FreeBSD-base.conf`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"FreeBSD-base {\n" +" url = \"pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_${VERSION_MINOR}\";\n" +" mirror_type = \"srv\";\n" +" signature_type = \"fingerprints\";\n" +" fingerprints = \"/usr/share/keys/pkg\";\n" +" enabled = yes;\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1173 +msgid "" +"for more information on specific configuration options see man:pkg.conf[5]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1175 +msgid "" +"There are different branches to choose from (by changing the url " +"accordingly):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Base system package Branches" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Branch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "main" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "twice daily - 12:00 and 00:00 UTC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "weekly – Sunday at 12:00 UTC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "stable/14" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "releng/14.2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_2`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "releng/14.3" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_3`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1210 +msgid "" +"To upgrade the system, change the configuration file according to the " +"desired release, and run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# pkg update -r FreeBSD-base\n" +"# pkg upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1218 +msgid "check, if these packages are correct and accept the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1220 +msgid "Reboot the OS executing the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1226 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Performing Major version upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1230 +msgid "" +"When running ZFS, consider creating a boot environment before upgrading to a " +"newer version. To create a new boot environment using the man:bectl[8] tool " +"run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# bectl create 14.2-RELEASE-p4\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1237 +msgid "" +"Use this boot environment to start the system as it was before the update if " +"something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1239 +msgid "Save a list of the non-base packages in case they are needed later:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pkg prime-origins | sort -u > /var/tmp/pkg-prime-origins.txt\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1246 +msgid "" +"Change `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD-base.conf` to target the correct " +"major release like `base_latest`, so it looks like:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"FreeBSD-base {\n" +" url = \"pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest\";\n" +" mirror_type = \"srv\";\n" +" signature_type = \"fingerprints\";\n" +" fingerprints = \"/usr/share/keys/pkg\";\n" +" enabled = yes;\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1259 +msgid "The next step will upgrade the system to the specified version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1264 +msgid "" +"This step might remove non-base packages, which could include the running " +"desktop environment. Be careful." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1267 +msgid "" +"Set the environment variable ABI to upgrade the major version (replace amd64 " +"with the architecture and 15 with the targeted version)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1274 +msgid "" +"There will be a prompt to ask about ignoring the version mismatch looking " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Newer FreeBSD version for package FreeBSD-zoneinfo:\n" +"To ignore this error set IGNORE_OSVERSION=yes\n" +"- package: 1500058\n" +"- running userland: 1500000\n" +"Ignore the mismatch and continue? [y/N]:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1285 +msgid "Check and confirm that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1287 +msgid "To check if that was successful, run `freebsd-version -kru`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1289 +msgid "Then reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1291 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to a new major version, updates and upgrades of installed " +"packages to match the ABI version may be necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# pkg update\n" +"# pkg upgrade\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1299 +msgid "" +"If something broke, go back and activate the backup boot environment created " +"before." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# bectl activate 14.2-RELEASE-p4\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1305 +msgid "Reboot, and the system will be back to the state before upgrading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1307 +msgid "" +"If no boot environment was created before, consider getting help from " +"link:https://www.freebsd.org/support/[FreeBSD Support]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manually building pkgbase and publishing it to the local network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1312 +msgid "When building custom pkgbase packages clone the FreeBSD source tree:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1317 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# cd /usr/src\n" +"# git clone https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src.git /usr/src\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1320 +msgid "Check out the branch for the release to build packages for:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1324 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# git checkout releng/14.3\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1328 +msgid "" +"Start the building process, depending on the resources available this could " +"take some while. Set the parallel processes according to the CPU core count." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1330 +msgid "This example is written for an 8 core CPU:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1334 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# make -j8 buildworld && make -j8 buildkernel && make -j8 packages\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1337 +msgid "" +"When building frequently, consider using package:devel/ccache[] to speed up " +"subsequent builds from the cache." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1339 +msgid "" +"After building, the packages will get saved into `/usr/obj/usr/src/repo/" +"FreeBSD:14:amd64/14.3p2` or something like that, depending on the version " +"build." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1341 +msgid "" +"To publish these packages to the network set up a nginx service and use this " +"location in the http server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" location /FreeBSD:14:amd64 {\n" +" alias /usr/obj/usr/src/repo/FreeBSD:14:amd64/;\n" +" autoindex on;\n" +" }\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1351 +msgid "And reload the nginx service." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1353 +msgid "" +"When not using https, use a small configuration file on the clients to " +"target the pkgbase version just built by editing `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/" +"upgrade.conf`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"upgrade: {\n" +"\turl = http://ip.of.the.server/FreeBSD:14:amd64/14.3p2\n" +"\tenabled = yes\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1363 +msgid "" +"and use it as written above (but use -r upgrade instead of FreeBSD-base)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1365 +#, no-wrap msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of " "disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download " @@ -2175,7 +2768,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1376 msgid "" "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, " "known as a _build set_. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run " @@ -2186,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Select a machine to be the _test machine_, which will test software updates " "before they are put into production. This _must_ be a machine that can " @@ -2195,7 +2788,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1383 msgid "" "All the machines in this build set need to mount [.filename]#/usr/obj# and " "[.filename]#/usr/src# from the build machine via NFS. For multiple build " @@ -2204,7 +2797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/src.conf# on " "all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means " @@ -2218,7 +2811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1397 msgid "" "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in " "crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld, Updating FreeBSD from Source], but do not " @@ -2230,7 +2823,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1400 msgid "" "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use " "the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines " @@ -2238,7 +2831,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1408 msgid "" "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to " "share [.filename]#/usr/ports# via NFS to all the machines in the build set. " @@ -2252,20 +2845,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "Building on non-FreeBSD Hosts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1414 msgid "" "Historically, building required a FreeBSD host. Nowadays, FreeBSD can be " "built on Linux and macOS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1420 msgid "" "To build on a non-FreeBSD host, the `tools/build/make.py` script is " "recommended. This script acts as a wrapper around `bmake`, which is the " @@ -2278,7 +2871,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1425 msgid "" "A recent version of `bmake` can be used instead of the `tools/build/make.py` " "script as well. In that case, however, required environment variables need " @@ -2287,27 +2880,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1429 msgid "" "Otherwise, the list of prerequisites for building FreeBSD is rather short. " "In fact, it boils down to installing a couple of dependencies." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1432 msgid "" "On macOS, the only dependency is LLVM. The necessary dependencies can be " "installed with package manager (e.g., link:https://brew.sh/[Homebrew]):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1436 #, no-wrap msgid "brew install llvm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1439 msgid "" "On a Linux distributions, install link:https://clang.llvm.org/[Clang] " "version 10.0 or newer and the headers for libarchive and libbz2 (often " @@ -2315,26 +2908,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "Once the dependencies are installed, the host should be able to build " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1443 msgid "" "For example, the following `tools/build/make.py` invocation builds the world:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1447 #, no-wrap msgid "MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX=/tmp/obj tools/build/make.py -j 8 TARGET=arm64 TARGET_ARCH=aarch64 buildworld\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "" "It builds the world for target `aarch64:arm64` on 8 CPUs and uses " "[.filename]#/tmp/obj# for object files. Note that the variables " @@ -2344,6 +2937,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "Refer to man:arch[7] and man:build[7] for more details." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc index 829a63d77c..f533c80c26 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Functionalities included with Qt Creator are: * code editor with C++, QML and ECMAscript support; * rapid code navigation tools; -* static code checking and style hints as you type; +* static code checking and style hints when typing; * context sensitive help; * visual debugger; * integrated GUI layout and forms designer. @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ For example, for the version localized in Spanish, it is necessary to install th [source,shell] .... -# pkg install libreoffice-es +# pkg install es-libreoffice .... [[calligra]] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po index 7d1b1ffbb7..bdc0bfc1c3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:81 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:85 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "XFCE" msgstr "" @@ -311,13 +311,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:148 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:246 msgid "Enable D-BUS service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:152 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:250 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:301 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:375 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:441 @@ -328,79 +328,97 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:155 -msgid "To increase messages size execute:" +msgid "KDE Plasma requires larger message sizes for optimal performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:157 +msgid "Add the following lines to man:sysctl.conf[5]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sysctl net.local.stream.recvspace=65536\n" "sysctl net.local.stream.sendspace=65536\n" msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"To apply the change, either run the following command as root or simply " +"reboot the system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# sysctl -f /etc/sysctl.conf\n" +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Start KDE Plasma" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "The preferred KDE Plasma display manager is package:x11/sddm[]. To install " "package:x11/sddm[], execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:180 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sddm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:183 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:521 msgid "Enable SDDM service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:187 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "The keyboard language can be set in SDDM by running the following command " "(for Spanish, for example):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:194 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sddm_lang=\"es_ES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "A second method to start KDE Plasma is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. " "For this to work, the following line is needed in ~/.xinitrc:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for " "starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and " @@ -409,59 +427,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Install GNOME meta package" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "To install the GNOME meta package with GNOME Desktop and Applications, " "execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimal GNOME installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "To install the GNOME-lite meta package with a GNOME desktop slimmed down for " "only the basics, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "GNOME requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to " "mount this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:231 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:240 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:366 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:432 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:497 @@ -472,51 +489,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "GNOME uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of GNOME." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "Start GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "GNOME Display Manager is the preferred display manager for GNOME. GDM is " "installed as part of the GNOME package." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:259 msgid "Enable GDM in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "A second method to start GNOME is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " "this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "XFCE is a desktop environment based on the GTK+, lightweight and provides a " "simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a " @@ -526,36 +543,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "Install XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:284 msgid "To install the XFCE meta package, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xfce\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:286 -msgid "" -"XFCE requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " -"this file system automatically during system startup:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "XFCE uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " @@ -1485,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:817 -msgid "static code checking and style hints as you type;" +msgid "static code checking and style hints when typing;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1741,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:953 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install libreoffice-es\n" +msgid "# pkg install es-libreoffice\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc index 599952fecd..5b792ccb47 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ endif::[] This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This includes SCSI and IDE disks, CD and DVD media, memory-backed disks, and USB storage devices. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system. * How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers. * How to configure a highly available storage network. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel]. @@ -1485,9 +1485,10 @@ For more details about `mdmfs`, refer to man:mdmfs[8]. [[snapshots]] == File System Snapshots -FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with crossref:config[soft-updates,Soft Updates]: file system snapshots. +FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with soft updates: file system snapshots. -UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and treat them as a file. If you are using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system (ZFS)], refer to crossref:zfs[zfs-zfs-snapshot,"Managing Snapshots"] on how to use snapshots. +UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and treat them as a file. +When using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system (ZFS)], refer to crossref:zfs[zfs-zfs-snapshot,"Managing Snapshots"] on how to use snapshots. Snapshot files must be created in the file system that the action is performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots per file system. Active snapshots are recorded in the superblock so they are persistent across unmount and remount operations along with system reboots. @@ -2148,13 +2149,13 @@ The following are the main features of HAST: * Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy. * Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a robust and durable storage system. -After reading this section, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides. * How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD. * How to integrate CARP and man:devd[8] to build a robust storage system. -Before reading this section, you should: +Before reading this section: * Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]). * Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems (crossref:config[config-tuning,Configuration and Tuning]). diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po index 5dc276e408..f0d8b545df 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:59 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2153 +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:72 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2832,21 +2833,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1489 msgid "" -"FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with crossref:config[soft-" -"updates,Soft Updates]: file system snapshots." +"FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with soft updates: file system " +"snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1492 msgid "" "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and " -"treat them as a file. If you are using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system " -"(ZFS)], refer to crossref:zfs[zfs-zfs-snapshot,\"Managing Snapshots\"] on " -"how to use snapshots." +"treat them as a file. When using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system (ZFS)], " +"refer to crossref:zfs[zfs-zfs-snapshot,\"Managing Snapshots\"] on how to use " +"snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "Snapshot files must be created in the file system that the action is " "performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots per file " @@ -2859,7 +2860,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1500 msgid "" "The un-alterable `snapshot` file flag is set by man:mksnap_ffs[8] after " "initial creation of a snapshot file. man:unlink[1] makes an exception for " @@ -2867,7 +2868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1503 msgid "" "Snapshots are created using man:mount[8]. To place a snapshot of " "[.filename]#/var# in the file [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap#, use the " @@ -2875,49 +2876,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1507 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1510 msgid "Alternatively, use man:mksnap_ffs[8] to create the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1514 #, no-wrap msgid "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as [.filename]#/var#, " "using man:find[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1521 #, no-wrap msgid "# find /var -flags snapshot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1524 msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1526 msgid "" "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because " "the snapshot can be transferred to CDs or tape." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1527 msgid "" "The file system integrity checker, man:fsck[8], may be run on the snapshot. " "Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should " @@ -2925,7 +2926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1528 msgid "" "Running man:dump[8] on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is " "consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. " @@ -2934,14 +2935,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1529 msgid "" "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To " "man:mount[8] the snapshot [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap# run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" @@ -2949,7 +2950,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "The frozen [.filename]#/var# is now available through [.filename]#/mnt#. " "Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot " @@ -2958,7 +2959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1545 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -2966,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1548 msgid "" "For more information about `softupdates` and file system snapshots, " "including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at http://" @@ -2974,13 +2975,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1554 msgid "" "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of " "files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. " @@ -2989,7 +2990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the UFS file " "system. To configure quotas on the ZFS file system, refer to " @@ -2997,18 +2998,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1558 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1561 msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" @@ -3016,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1570 msgid "" "In this example, the `1` indicates quota support. If the value is instead " "`0`, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -3025,24 +3026,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1574 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1577 msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1581 #, no-wrap msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "" "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by " "man:quotacheck[8]. This program insures that the data in the quota database " @@ -3052,13 +3053,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1591 #, no-wrap msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "Finally, edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to enable disk quotas on a per-file " "system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add `userquota` " @@ -3067,26 +3068,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1600 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1604 msgid "" "To enable group quotas, use `groupquota` instead. To enable both user and " "group quotas, separate the options with a comma:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1608 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1613 msgid "" "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system " "as [.filename]#quota.user# and [.filename]#quota.group#. Refer to " @@ -3095,7 +3096,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1615 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and [.filename]#/etc/" "rc# will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial " @@ -3103,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "" "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run " "man:quotacheck[8], man:quotaon[8], or man:quotaoff[8]. However, one should " @@ -3111,36 +3112,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1619 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Quota Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1622 msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1626 #, no-wrap msgid "# quota -v\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "" "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits " "for each file system that quotas are enabled on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1631 msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with `edquota`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1635 msgid "" "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space " "a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. " @@ -3150,7 +3151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1640 msgid "" "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no " "further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For " @@ -3160,7 +3161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1644 msgid "" "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace " "period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit " @@ -3170,7 +3171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1648 msgid "" "In the following example, the quota for the `test` account is being edited. " "When `edquota` is invoked, the editor specified by `EDITOR` is opened in " @@ -3178,7 +3179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1657 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# edquota -u test\n" @@ -3190,7 +3191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1663 msgid "" "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. " "One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode " @@ -3200,18 +3201,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1667 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1670 msgid "The new quota limits take effect upon exiting the editor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1675 msgid "" "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can " "be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use `-" @@ -3221,24 +3222,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1679 #, no-wrap msgid "# edquota -p test 10000-19999\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "For more information, refer to man:edquota[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1683 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "" "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use man:quota[1]. " "A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a " @@ -3248,7 +3249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1693 msgid "" "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not " "show in the output of `quota`, even if the user has a quota limit assigned " @@ -3258,7 +3259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1700 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" @@ -3268,7 +3269,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1704 msgid "" "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 " "kbytes on [.filename]#/usr# and has 5 days of grace period left. The " @@ -3276,13 +3277,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1705 #, no-wrap msgid "Quotas over NFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1709 msgid "" "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the NFS server. The " "man:rpc.rquotad[8] daemon makes quota information available to `quota` on " @@ -3290,37 +3291,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1711 msgid "" "On the NFS server, enable `rpc.rquotad` by removing the `+#+` from this line " "in [.filename]*/etc/inetd.conf*:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1718 msgid "Then, restart `inetd`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1722 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data " "access. File permissions and crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory Access Control] " @@ -3332,7 +3333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1734 msgid "" "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive " "or powered-down computer, the GEOM-based cryptographic subsystems built into " @@ -3344,7 +3345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1737 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on " "FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using `gbde` and then " @@ -3352,13 +3353,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1738 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1743 msgid "" "The objective of the man:gbde[4] facility is to provide a formidable " "challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a _cold_ storage " @@ -3370,7 +3371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each " "disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit AES in " @@ -3380,31 +3381,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for gbde which can be loaded with this " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1754 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "" "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1759 msgid "`options GEOM_BDE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1761 msgid "" "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that " "will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as [.filename]#/" @@ -3412,18 +3413,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1763 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "Add the New Hard Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "Install the new drive to the system as explained in crossref:disks[disks-" "adding, Adding Disks]. For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive " @@ -3432,7 +3433,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1775 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3442,18 +3443,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1778 msgid "Create a Directory to Hold `gbde` Lock Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1782 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /etc/gbde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "" "The gbde lock file contains information that gbde requires to access " "encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, gbde will not be " @@ -3463,12 +3464,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1788 msgid "Initialize the `gbde` Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1793 msgid "" "A gbde partition must be initialized before it can be used. This " "initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the " @@ -3477,7 +3478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1805 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" @@ -3492,7 +3493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1811 msgid "" "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase " "used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The " @@ -3503,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1815 msgid "" "This initialization creates a lock file for the gbde partition. In this " "example, it is stored as [.filename]#/etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock#. Lock files " @@ -3512,7 +3513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1820 msgid "" "Lock files _must_ be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted " "partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to " @@ -3520,18 +3521,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1823 msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1827 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "" "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during " "the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device " @@ -3539,7 +3540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3549,12 +3550,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1845 msgid "" "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can " "be created on the device. This example creates a UFS file system with soft " @@ -3563,23 +3564,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1849 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /private\n" @@ -3587,17 +3588,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1862 msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1864 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1875 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% df -H\n" @@ -3611,7 +3612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1879 msgid "" "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to " "the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be " @@ -3620,7 +3621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1885 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3629,7 +3630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1890 msgid "" "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. " "After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted " @@ -3638,7 +3639,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1896 msgid "" "sysinstall is incompatible with gbde-encrypted devices. All " "[.filename]#*.bde# devices must be detached from the kernel before starting " @@ -3647,19 +3648,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1900 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1909 msgid "" "An alternative cryptographic GEOM class is available using `geli`. This " "control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing " @@ -3667,38 +3668,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1911 msgid "" "Utilizes the man:crypto[9] framework and automatically uses cryptographic " "hardware when it is available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1912 msgid "" "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as AES-XTS, AES-CBC, and " "Camellia-CBCAES." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the " "encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1914 msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1915 msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1916 msgid "" "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it " "is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the " @@ -3706,19 +3707,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "" "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap " "partitions and temporary file systems." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in man:geli[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1925 msgid "" "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be " "used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under " @@ -3730,18 +3731,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1927 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1929 msgid "Load `geli` Support" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1931 msgid "" "Support for `geli` is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure " "the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following " @@ -3749,31 +3750,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1935 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1938 msgid "To load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1942 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_eli\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these " "lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1950 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" @@ -3781,12 +3782,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "Generate the Master Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1960 msgid "" "The following commands generate a master key that all data will be encrypted " "with. This key can never be changed. Rather than using it directly, it is " @@ -3799,7 +3800,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1967 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" @@ -3809,39 +3810,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1970 msgid "" "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method " "of securing the master key can be used in isolation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1973 msgid "" "If the key file is given as \"-\", standard input will be used. For " "example, this command generates three key files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1977 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the " "passphrase:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1987 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" @@ -3849,12 +3850,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1990 msgid "This creates a new device with an [.filename]#.eli# extension:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1995 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" @@ -3862,19 +3863,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1998 msgid "Create the New File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2000 msgid "" "Next, format the device with the UFS file system and mount it on an existing " "mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2006 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" @@ -3883,12 +3884,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2009 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2020 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df -H\n" @@ -3902,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2023 msgid "" "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the [.filename]#/" "private# partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into " @@ -3911,7 +3912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /private\n" @@ -3919,7 +3920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2031 msgid "" "An [.filename]#rc.d# script is provided to simplify the mounting of `geli`-" "encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to " @@ -3927,7 +3928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2036 #, no-wrap msgid "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" @@ -3935,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2046 msgid "" "This configures [.filename]#/dev/da2# as a `geli` provider with a master key " "of [.filename]#/root/da2.key#. The system will automatically detach the " @@ -3951,13 +3952,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2048 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2055 msgid "" "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to " "protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with " @@ -3969,7 +3970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2058 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using " "man:gbde[8] or man:geli[8] encryption. It assumes that [.filename]#/dev/" @@ -3977,13 +3978,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2059 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2063 msgid "" "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any " "sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition " @@ -3991,20 +3992,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2067 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2070 msgid "" "To encrypt the swap partition using man:gbde[8], add the `.bde` suffix to " "the swap line in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2075 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4012,14 +4013,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2078 msgid "" "To instead encrypt the swap partition using man:geli[8], use the `.eli` " "suffix:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2083 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4027,7 +4028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2088 msgid "" "By default, man:geli[8] uses the AES algorithm with a key length of 128 " "bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these " @@ -4036,13 +4037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2089 #, no-wrap msgid "aalgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2092 msgid "" "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data " "has not been tampered with. See man:geli[8] for a list of supported " @@ -4050,39 +4051,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2093 #, no-wrap msgid "ealgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2096 msgid "" "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See man:geli[8] for a list " "of supported algorithms." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2097 #, no-wrap msgid "keylen" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2100 msgid "" "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See man:geli[8] " "for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2101 #, no-wrap msgid "sectorsize" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2105 msgid "" "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger " "sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. " @@ -4090,14 +4091,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2107 msgid "" "This example configures an encrypted swap partition using the AES-XTS " "algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2112 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4105,25 +4106,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2114 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2117 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be " "verified using `swapinfo`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2119 msgid "If man:gbde[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2125 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4132,12 +4133,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2128 msgid "If man:geli[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2134 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4146,13 +4147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2137 #, no-wrap msgid "Highly Available Storage (HAST)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2143 msgid "" "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business " "applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such " @@ -4166,89 +4167,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2145 msgid "The following are the main features of HAST:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2147 msgid "Can be used to mask I/O errors on local hard drives." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2148 msgid "" "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2149 msgid "" "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified " "during the downtime of a node are synchronized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2150 msgid "" "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2151 msgid "" "Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a " "robust and durable storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2152 -msgid "After reading this section, you will know:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2155 msgid "What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 msgid "How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2157 msgid "How to integrate CARP and man:devd[8] to build a robust storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2158 -msgid "Before reading this section, you should:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2159 +msgid "Before reading this section:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 msgid "" "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems " "(crossref:config[config-tuning,Configuration and Tuning])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2163 msgid "" "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (crossref:partiv[network-" "communication,\"Network Communication\"])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 msgid "" "The HAST project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from " "http://www.omc.net/[http://www.omc.net/] and http://www.transip.nl/[http://" @@ -4256,13 +4252,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2166 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Operation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2170 msgid "" "HAST provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical " "machines: the _primary_ node and the _secondary_ node. These two machines " @@ -4270,7 +4266,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "Since HAST works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of " "the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also " @@ -4280,14 +4276,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2176 msgid "" "The physical components of the HAST system are the local disk on primary " "node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2180 msgid "" "HAST operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file " "systems and applications. HAST provides regular GEOM providers in " @@ -4296,7 +4292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2184 msgid "" "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to " "the remote disk over TCP/IP. Each read operation is served from the local " @@ -4305,7 +4301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2188 msgid "" "HAST tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is " "important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide " @@ -4315,14 +4311,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2191 msgid "" "There are many ways to handle synchronization. HAST implements several " "replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2193 msgid "" "_memsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data " @@ -4333,7 +4329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2194 msgid "" "_fullsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the " "local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the " @@ -4341,7 +4337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2195 msgid "" "_async_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication " @@ -4350,37 +4346,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2196 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "The HAST framework consists of several components:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2201 msgid "" "The man:hastd[8] daemon which provides data synchronization. When this " "daemon is started, it will automatically load `geom_gate.ko`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2202 msgid "The userland management utility, man:hastctl[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2203 msgid "" "The man:hast.conf[5] configuration file. This file must exist before " "starting hastd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2205 msgid "" "Users who prefer to statically build `GEOM_GATE` support into the kernel " "should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild " @@ -4389,13 +4385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2209 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "" "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in primary-" "secondary operation using HAST to replicate the data between the two. The " @@ -4407,14 +4403,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "Configuration of HAST is done using [.filename]#/etc/hast.conf#. This file " "should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2232 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resource test {\n" @@ -4430,12 +4426,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2235 msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to man:hast.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "It is also possible to use host names in the `remote` statements if the " "hosts are resolvable and defined either in [.filename]#/etc/hosts# or in the " @@ -4443,7 +4439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2243 msgid "" "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the HAST pool can be created. " "Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the " @@ -4451,7 +4447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl create test\n" @@ -4459,7 +4455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2254 msgid "" "It is _not_ possible to use GEOM providers with an existing file system or " "to convert an existing storage to a HAST-managed pool. This procedure needs " @@ -4468,7 +4464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2258 msgid "" "A HAST node's `primary` or `secondary` role is selected by an administrator, " "or software like Heartbeat, using man:hastctl[8]. On the primary node, " @@ -4476,35 +4472,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2262 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role primary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2265 msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, `hastb`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2269 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role secondary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2272 msgid "Verify the result by running `hastctl` on each node:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2276 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl status test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2282 msgid "" "Check the `status` line in the output. If it says `degraded`, something is " "wrong with the configuration file. It should say `complete` on each node, " @@ -4514,7 +4510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2287 msgid "" "The next step is to create a file system on the GEOM provider and mount it. " "This must be done on the `primary` node. Creating the file system can take " @@ -4523,7 +4519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" @@ -4532,7 +4528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2297 msgid "" "Once the HAST framework is configured properly, the final step is to make " "sure that HAST is started automatically during system boot. Add this line " @@ -4540,19 +4536,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2301 #, no-wrap msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2303 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2307 msgid "" "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is " "resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the " @@ -4561,7 +4557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2313 msgid "" "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) is " "used to provide for automatic failover at the IP layer. CARP allows " @@ -4574,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2317 msgid "" "The HAST pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to " "the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it " @@ -4584,7 +4580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "In the event of CARP interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating " "system generates a man:devd[8] event, making it possible to watch for state " @@ -4595,7 +4591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2323 msgid "" "To catch state changes on the CARP interfaces, add this configuration to " "[.filename]#/etc/devd.conf# on each node, while replacing `<vhid>` with the " @@ -4603,7 +4599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2332 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4615,7 +4611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2339 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4627,19 +4623,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2342 msgid "" "Restart man:devd[8] on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2346 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2350 msgid "" "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system " "generates a notification, allowing the man:devd[8] subsystem to run the " @@ -4649,18 +4645,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2352 msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2356 #, no-wrap msgid "#!/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Original script by Freddie Cash <fjwcash@gmail.com>\n" @@ -4669,7 +4665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2363 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" @@ -4677,7 +4673,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming primary\n" @@ -4686,7 +4682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# logging\n" @@ -4695,13 +4691,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2373 #, no-wrap msgid "# end of user configurable stuff\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$1\" in\n" @@ -4711,7 +4707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" @@ -4722,7 +4718,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2392 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" @@ -4735,7 +4731,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2399 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" @@ -4747,7 +4743,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2405 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" @@ -4758,13 +4754,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2407 #, no-wrap msgid "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" @@ -4776,13 +4772,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2416 #, no-wrap msgid "\t;;\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tsecondary)\n" @@ -4790,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2437 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" @@ -4813,43 +4809,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "" "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes primary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2442 msgid "Promotes the HAST pool to primary on the other node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2443 msgid "Checks the file system under the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "Mounts the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "When a node becomes secondary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2448 msgid "Unmounts the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2449 msgid "Degrades the HAST pool to secondary." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2454 msgid "" "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does " "not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any " @@ -4857,7 +4853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "" "For this example, a standard UFS file system was used. To reduce the time " "needed for recovery, a journal-enabled UFS or ZFS file system can be used " @@ -4865,7 +4861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2463 msgid "" "Instead of using the highly available storage locally, it can also be shared " "to other computers on a network via crossref:network-servers[network-" @@ -4874,20 +4870,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 msgid "" "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at http://" "wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST[http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2466 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2471 msgid "" "HAST should generally work without issues. However, as with any other " "software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The " @@ -4896,7 +4892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2475 msgid "" "When troubleshooting HAST, the debugging level of man:hastd[8] should be " "increased by starting `hastd` with `-d`. This argument may be specified " @@ -4905,13 +4901,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2477 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2482 msgid "" "_Split-brain_ occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate " "with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous " @@ -4920,7 +4916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2486 msgid "" "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, " "or perform the merge manually. Then, let HAST perform full synchronization " @@ -4929,7 +4925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl role init test\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc index 755a21404e..b2a8fb93b1 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ Some ports, such as package:databases/postgresql12-server[] and package:lang/php The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the illumos project at https://illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide]. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * What DTrace is and what features it provides. * Differences between the Solaris(TM) DTrace implementation and the one provided by FreeBSD. * How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]). * Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:security[security,Security]). diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po index 49212fbd76..868b8dfd63 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" -"The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at https://" -"illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[DTrace Guide]." +"The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the illumos project at https://" +"illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:75 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -150,29 +150,29 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded " -"when `dtrace` is run." +"when man:dtrace[1] is run." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" -"FreeBSD uses the `DDB_CTF` kernel option to enable support for loading `CTF` " -"data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. `CTF` is the Solaris(TM) " -"Compact C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of debugging " -"information similar to `DWARF` and the venerable stabs. `CTF` data is added " -"to binaries by the `ctfconvert` and `ctfmerge` build tools. The " -"`ctfconvert` utility parses `DWARF``ELF` debug sections created by the " -"compiler and `ctfmerge` merges `CTF``ELF` sections from objects into either " -"executables or shared libraries." +"FreeBSD uses the `DDB_CTF` kernel option to enable support for loading " +"man:ctf[5] data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. `CTF` is the " +"Solaris(TM) Compact C Type Format which encapsulates a reduced form of " +"debugging information similar to `DWARF` and the venerable stabs. `CTF` " +"data is added to binaries by the man:ctfconvert[1] and man:ctfmerge[1] build " +"tools. The `ctfconvert` utility parses `DWARF` `ELF` debug sections created " +"by the compiler and `ctfmerge` merges `CTF` `ELF` sections from objects into " +"either executables or shared libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for Solaris(TM). Most " -"notable is the `dtmalloc` provider, which allows tracing `malloc()` by type " -"in the FreeBSD kernel. Some of the providers found in Solaris(TM), such as " -"`cpc` and `mib`, are not present in FreeBSD. These may appear in future " +"notable is the `dtmalloc` provider, which allows tracing man:malloc[9] by " +"type in the FreeBSD kernel. Some of the providers found in Solaris(TM), " +"such as `cpc`, are not present in FreeBSD. These may appear in future " "versions of FreeBSD. Moreover, some of the providers available in both " "operating systems are not compatible, in the sense that their probes have " "different argument types. Thus, `D` scripts written on Solaris(TM) may or " @@ -241,34 +241,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" -"This option provides support for `FBT`. While DTrace will work without this " -"option, there will be limited support for function boundary tracing." +"This option provides support for man:dtrace_fbt[4]. While DTrace will work " +"without this option, there will be limited support for function boundary " +"tracing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace " -"kernel modules have been loaded using `kldload dtraceall`, the system will " -"need support for the Korn shell as the DTrace Toolkit has several utilities " -"written in `ksh`. Make sure that the package:shells/ksh93[] package or port " -"is installed. It is also possible to run these tools under package:shells/" -"pdksh[] or package:shells/mksh[]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made " -"scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open " -"files, memory, `CPU` usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD 10 installs a few of " -"these scripts into [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace#. On other FreeBSD " -"versions, or to install the full DTrace Toolkit, use the package:sysutils/" -"dtrace-toolkit[] package or port." +"kernel modules have been loaded using `kldload dtraceall`, install the " +"current DTrace Toolkit (package:sysutils/dtrace-toolkit[]), a collection of " +"ready-made scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to " +"check open files, memory, CPU usage, and a lot more. FreeBSD includes some " +"scripts in the base system as well; see [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The scripts found in [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace# have been specifically " "ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will " @@ -277,23 +267,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. " "This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in " -"depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. It " -"is covered extensively in the http://www.dtrace.org/guide[Illumos Dynamic " -"Tracing Guide]." +"depth discussion of the language is beyond the scope of this document. " +"Refer to the FreeBSD man:d[7] manual page for an overview of the D language " +"on FreeBSD. The D language is also covered extensively in the https://" +"www.illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling DTrace in Out-of-Kernel Modules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "To add DTrace support to an out-of-kernel module, which is useful for " "development and debugging, include the following line in the module's " @@ -301,13 +292,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "CFLAGS+= -DKDTRACE_HOOKS\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "This flag enables DTrace hooks during compilation, allowing for advanced " "debugging and monitoring of the module. Ensure to recompile the module " @@ -315,13 +306,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more _probes_, or instrumentation " "points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the " @@ -334,27 +325,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "# dtrace -l | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" -"Each probe has an `ID`, a `PROVIDER` (dtrace or fbt), a `MODULE`, and a " -"`FUNCTION NAME`. Refer to man:dtrace[1] for more information about this " -"command." +"Each probe has an `ID`, a `PROVIDER` (e.g., `dtrace` or `fbt`), a `MODULE`, " +"and a `FUNCTION NAME`. Refer to man:dtrace[1] for more information about " +"this command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the " "fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the [.filename]#hotkernel# " @@ -362,14 +353,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "The [.filename]#hotkernel# script is designed to identify which function is " "using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/dtrace-toolkit\n" @@ -378,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "As instructed, use the kbd:[Ctrl+C] key combination to stop the process. " "Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and " @@ -386,7 +377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" @@ -418,14 +409,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run " "the script with `-m`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" @@ -447,7 +438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "The [.filename]#procsystime# script captures and prints the system call time " "usage for a given process `ID` (`PID`) or process name. In the following " @@ -458,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" @@ -467,13 +458,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" @@ -498,8 +489,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" -"As shown, the `read()` system call used the most time in nanoseconds while " -"the `getpid()` system call used the least amount of time." +"As shown, the man:read[2] system call used the most time in nanoseconds " +"while the man:getpid[2] system call used the least amount of time." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc index d237a62b71..b63222c1af 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see extref:{freebsd-questio Before posting to any list, please: * learn about how to best use the mailing lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading the extref:{mailing-list-faq}[Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions] (FAQ) document -* search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted what you intend to post. +* search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted the same. + +Archive search interfaces include: -Archive search interfaces include: - - https://lists.freebsd.org/search[] (FreeBSD, experimental) - https://www.freebsd.org/search/[] (DuckDuckGo) diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po index 8b36c15801..7657d42ee2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" -"search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted what " -"you intend to post." +"search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted the " +"same." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc index 5e15895838..fd82a7c863 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ See crossref:zfs[zfs,The Z File System (ZFS)] for more details. In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a broad range of file systems from other operating systems. Support for these file systems varies, some require loading kernel modules, while others need additional userland tools. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Be familiar with UNIX(R) concepts and crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD basics]. * Feel comfortable crossref:ports[ports,installing software] in FreeBSD. * Have some understanding of crossref:disks[disks,disks], storage devices, and FreeBSD's naming conventions for devices. -After reading this chapter, you will: +Read this chapter to: * Understand the differences between native and supported file systems. * Know which file systems are supported by FreeBSD and the level of support available. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup: # sysrc kld_list+=fusefs .... -Mount the exFAT volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. +Mount the exFAT volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [.filename]#/mnt#: [source,shell] @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup: # sysrc kld_list+=fusefs .... -Mount the NTFS volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. +Mount the NTFS volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [.filename]#/mnt#: [source,shell] @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup: # sysrc kld_list+=fusefs .... -Mount the HFS/HFS+ volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. +Mount the HFS/HFS+ volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [.filename]#/mnt#: [source,shell] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po index b2e1736d9c..3cafa2fe42 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will:" +msgid "Read this chapter to:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" -"Mount the exFAT volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " +"Mount the exFAT volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on " "[.filename]#/mnt#:" msgstr "" @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" -"Mount the NTFS volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " +"Mount the NTFS volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on " "[.filename]#/mnt#:" msgstr "" @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" -"Mount the HFS/HFS+ volumne by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " +"Mount the HFS/HFS+ volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on " "[.filename]#/mnt#:" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc index 00e7f7688d..399eb35317 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Each firewall uses rules to control the access of packets to and from a FreeBSD FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should evaluate which firewall best meets their needs. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to define packet filtering rules. * The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * How to use and configure the IPFW firewall. * How to use and configure the IPFILTER firewall. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po index e834c0f87e..21228b59ff 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:75 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:83 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc index a13b1d626c..47fc93b6e4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc @@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM framework in FreeBSD. This includes the major RAID control utilities which use the framework for configuration. This chapter is not a definitive guide to RAID configurations and only GEOM-supported RAID classifications are discussed. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * What type of RAID support is available through GEOM. * How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the various RAID levels. * How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through GEOM. * How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM framework. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (crossref:disks[disks,Storage]). * Know how to configure and install a new kernel (crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel]). diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po index 0a4add4365..a5b359135c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:63 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc index 005a10e66f..28439170fa 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc @@ -310,6 +310,7 @@ See crossref:glossary[elf-glossary,Executable and Linking Format]. ESP:: See crossref:glossary[esp-glossary,Encapsulated Security Payload]. +[[esp-glossary]] Encapsulated Security Payload:: {empty} diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.po index 69cace3b7a..89b5f5b758 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -264,53 +264,53 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:129 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:214 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:224 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:258 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:284 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:308 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:287 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:316 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:335 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:343 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:347 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:376 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:414 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:445 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:495 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:516 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:579 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:583 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:604 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:612 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:616 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:642 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:666 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:725 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:680 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:739 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:743 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:747 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:755 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:761 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:773 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:783 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:787 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:843 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:872 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:876 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:893 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:933 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:937 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:941 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:949 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:953 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:957 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:965 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:969 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:973 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:999 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1041 msgid "{empty}" msgstr "" @@ -671,108 +671,119 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:243 #, no-wrap -msgid "DSDT" +msgid "DRM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:245 +msgid "See crossref:glossary[drm-glossary,Direct Rendering Manager]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DSDT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:248 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[dsdt-glossary,Differentiated System Description Table]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "DSR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:251 msgid "See crossref:glossary[dsr-glossary,Data Set Ready]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "DTR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:254 msgid "See crossref:glossary[dtr-glossary,Data Terminal Ready]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "DVMRP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:257 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[dvmrp-glossary,Distance-Vector Multicast Routing " "Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Discretionary Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Encryption Standard" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:265 msgid "" "A method of encrypting information, traditionally used as the method of " "encryption for UNIX(R) passwords and the man:crypt[3] function." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Set Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:269 msgid "" "An RS232C signal sent from the modem to the computer or terminal indicating " "a readiness to send and receive data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:271 msgid "See crossref:glossary[dtr-glossary,Also Data Terminal Ready]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Terminal Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:275 msgid "" "An RS232C signal sent from the computer or terminal to the modem indicating " "a readiness to send and receive data." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugger" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:279 msgid "" "An interactive in-kernel facility for examining the status of a system, " "often used after a system has crashed to establish the events surrounding " @@ -780,213 +791,226 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "Differentiated System Description Table" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:283 msgid "" "An ACPI table, supplying basic configuration information about the base " "system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:291 msgid "" "The system that converts humanly readable hostnames (i.e., mail.example.net) " "to Internet addresses and vice versa." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Direct Rendering Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:295 +msgid "" +"The man:drm[7] kernel module allows client applications direct access to the " +"graphical hardware via the Direct Rendering Infrastructure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:300 msgid "" "A protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses to a computer (host) when " "it requests one from the server. The address assignment is called a “lease”." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "E" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "ECOFF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:306 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ecoff-glossary,Extended COFF]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "ELF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:309 msgid "See crossref:glossary[elf-glossary,Executable and Linking Format]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "ESP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:312 msgid "See crossref:glossary[esp-glossary,Encapsulated Security Payload]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "Encapsulated Security Payload" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Executable and Linking Format" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "Extended COFF" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "F" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "FADT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:330 msgid "See crossref:glossary[fadt-glossary,Fixed ACPI Description Table]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "FAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:333 msgid "See crossref:glossary[fat-glossary,File Allocation Table]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "FAT16" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:336 msgid "See crossref:glossary[fat16-glossary,File Allocation Table (16-bit)]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "FTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:339 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ftp-glossary,File Transfer Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "File Allocation Table" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "File Allocation Table (16-bit)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfer Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:351 msgid "" "A member of the family of high-level protocols implemented on top of TCP " "which can be used to transfer files over a TCP/IP network." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "Fixed ACPI Description Table" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "G" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "GUI" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:361 msgid "See crossref:glossary[gui-glossary,Graphical User Interface]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Giant" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:367 msgid "" "The name of a mutual exclusion mechanism (a sleep `mutex`) that protects a " "large set of kernel resources. Although a simple locking mechanism was " @@ -999,228 +1023,228 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphical User Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:371 msgid "A system where the user and computer interact with graphics." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "H" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:377 msgid "See crossref:glossary[html-glossary,HyperText Markup Language]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "HUP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:380 msgid "See crossref:glossary[hup-glossary,HangUp]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "HangUp" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "HyperText Markup Language" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:388 msgid "The markup language used to create web pages." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "I" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "I/O" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:394 msgid "See crossref:glossary[io-glossary,Input/Output]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "IASL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:397 msgid "See crossref:glossary[iasl-glossary,Intel’s ASL compiler]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "IMAP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:400 msgid "See crossref:glossary[imap-glossary,Internet Message Access Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "IP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:403 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ip-glossary,Internet Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:406 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ipfw-glossary,IP Firewall]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "IPP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:409 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ipp-glossary,Internet Printing Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:412 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ipv4-glossary,IP Version 4]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:415 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ipv6-glossary,IP Version 6]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:418 msgid "See crossref:glossary[isp-glossary,Internet Service Provider]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "IP Firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "IP Version 4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:427 msgid "" "The IP protocol version 4, which uses 32 bits for addressing. This version " "is still the most widely used, but it is slowly being replaced with IPv6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:429 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ipv6-glossary,Also IP Version 6]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:431 #, no-wrap msgid "IP Version 6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:435 msgid "" "The new IP protocol. Invented because the address space in IPv4 is running " "out. Uses 128 bits for addressing." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/Output" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel’s ASL compiler" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:443 msgid "Intel’s compiler for converting ASL into AML." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "Internet Message Access Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:447 msgid "" "A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by " "the messages usually being kept on the server as opposed to being downloaded " @@ -1228,25 +1252,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:441 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:787 msgid "See Also Post Office Protocol Version 3." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "Internet Printing Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "Internet Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:460 msgid "" "The packet transmitting protocol that is the basic protocol on the " "Internet. Originally developed at the U.S. Department of Defense and an " @@ -1256,30 +1280,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "Internet Service Provider" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:464 msgid "A company that provides access to the Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "K" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "KAME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:471 msgid "" "Japanese for “turtle”, the term KAME is used in computing circles to refer " "to the link:http://www.kame.net/[KAME Project], who work on an " @@ -1287,106 +1311,122 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "KDC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:474 msgid "See crossref:glossary[kdc-glossary,Key Distribution Center]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "KLD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:477 msgid "See crossref:glossary[kld-glossary,Kernel ld(1)]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:478 +#, no-wrap +msgid "KMS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:480 +msgid "See crossref:glossary[kms-glossary,Kernel Mode Setting]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "KSE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:483 msgid "See crossref:glossary[kse-glossary,Kernel Scheduler Entities]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "KVA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:486 msgid "See crossref:glossary[kva-glossary,Kernel Virtual Address]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "Kbps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:489 msgid "See crossref:glossary[kbps-glossary,Kilo Bits Per Second]." msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:492 +msgid "Setting the display mode in kernel space." +msgstr "" + #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel man:ld[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:496 msgid "" "A method of dynamically loading functionality into a FreeBSD kernel without " "rebooting the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Scheduler Entities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:501 msgid "" "A kernel-supported threading system. See the link:http://www.freebsd.org/" "kse[project home page] for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Virtual Address" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Distribution Center" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Kilo Bits Per Second" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:514 msgid "" "Used to measure bandwidth (how much data can pass a given point at a " "specified amount of time). Alternates to the Kilo prefix include Mega, " @@ -1394,69 +1434,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "L" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "LAN" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:520 msgid "See crossref:glossary[lan-glossary,Local Area Network]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "LOR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:523 msgid "See crossref:glossary[lor-glossary,Lock Order Reversal]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "LPD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:526 msgid "See crossref:glossary[lpd-glossary,Line Printer Daemon]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "Line Printer Daemon" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "Local Area Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:534 msgid "A network used on a local area, e.g. office, home, or so forth." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:536 #, no-wrap msgid "Lock Order Reversal" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:541 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel uses a number of resource locks to arbitrate contention " "for those resources. A run-time lock diagnostic system found in FreeBSD-" @@ -1468,7 +1508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:543 msgid "" "True positive LORs tend to get fixed quickly, so check https://" "lists.FreeBSD.org/subscription/freebsd-current and the link:http://" @@ -1477,141 +1517,141 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "M" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "MAC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:549 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mac-glossary,Mandatory Access Control]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "MADT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:552 msgid "See crossref:glossary[madt-glossary,Multiple APIC Description Table]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "MFC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:555 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mfc-glossary,Merge From Current]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "MFH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:558 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mfh-glossary,Merge From Head]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "MFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:561 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mfs-glossary,Merge From Stable]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "MFV" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:564 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mfv-glossary,Merge From Vendor]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "MIT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:567 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[mit-glossary,Massachusetts Institute of Technology]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "MLS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:570 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mls-glossary,Multi-Level Security]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "MOTD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:573 msgid "See crossref:glossary[motd-glossary,Message Of The Day]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "MTA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:576 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mta-glossary,Mail Transfer Agent]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "MUA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:579 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mua-glossary,Mail User Agent]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:585 msgid "" "An application used to transfer email. An MTA has traditionally been part " "of the BSD base system. Today Sendmail is included in the base system, but " @@ -1619,62 +1659,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:589 msgid "An application used by users to display and write email." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Massachusetts Institute of Technology" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "Merge From Current" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:601 msgid "" "To merge functionality or a patch from the -CURRENT branch to another, most " "often -STABLE." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "Merge From Head" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:605 msgid "" "To merge functionality or a patch from a repository HEAD to an earlier " "branch." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "Merge From Stable" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:610 msgid "" "In the normal course of FreeBSD development, a change will be committed to " "the -CURRENT branch for testing before being merged to -STABLE. On rare " @@ -1683,117 +1723,117 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:612 msgid "" "This term is also used when a patch is merged from -STABLE to a security " "branch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:614 msgid "See crossref:glossary[mfc-glossary,Also Merge From Current]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "Merge From Vendor" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "Message Of The Day" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:622 msgid "" "A message, usually shown on login, often used to distribute information to " "users of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-Level Security" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple APIC Description Table" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "N" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:636 msgid "See crossref:glossary[nat-glossary,Network Address Translation]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "NDISulator" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:639 msgid "See crossref:glossary[projectevil-glossary,Project Evil]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "NFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:642 msgid "See crossref:glossary[nfs-glossary,Network File System]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "NTFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:645 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ntfs-glossary,New Technology File System]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:648 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ntp-glossary,Network Time Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Address Translation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:652 msgid "" "A technique where IP packets are rewritten on the way through a gateway, " "enabling many machines behind the gateway to effectively share a single IP " @@ -1801,88 +1841,88 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "Network File System" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:658 #, no-wrap msgid "New Technology File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:660 msgid "" "A filesystem developed by Microsoft and available in its “New Technology” " "operating systems, such as Windows(R) 2000, Windows NT(R) and Windows(R) XP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Time Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:664 msgid "A means of synchronizing clocks over a network." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "O" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "OBE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:670 msgid "See crossref:glossary[obe-glossary,Overtaken By Events]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "ODMR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:673 msgid "See crossref:glossary[odmr-glossary,On-Demand Mail Relay]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "OS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:676 msgid "See crossref:glossary[os-glossary,Operating System]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "On-Demand Mail Relay" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Operating System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:685 msgid "" "A set of programs, libraries and tools that provide access to the hardware " "resources of a computer. Operating systems range today from simplistic " @@ -1893,13 +1933,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "Overtaken By Events" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:689 msgid "" "Indicates a suggested change (such as a Problem Report or a feature request) " "which is no longer relevant or applicable due to such things as later " @@ -1908,227 +1948,227 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "P" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "PAE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:695 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pae-glossary,Physical Address Extensions]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "PAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:698 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pam-glossary,Pluggable Authentication Modules]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:701 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pap-glossary,Password Authentication Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "PC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:704 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pc-glossary,Personal Computer]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "PCNSFD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:708 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[pcnfsd-glossary,Personal Computer Network File System " "Daemon]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "PDF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:711 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pdf-glossary,Portable Document Format]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "PID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:714 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pid-glossary,Process ID]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "POLA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:717 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pola-glossary,Principle Of Least Astonishment]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "POP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:720 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pop-glossary,Post Office Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "POP3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:723 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pop3-glossary,Post Office Protocol Version 3]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:724 #, no-wrap msgid "PPD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:726 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ppd-glossary,PostScript Printer Description]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:729 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ppp-glossary,Point-to-Point Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:730 #, no-wrap msgid "PPPoA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:732 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pppoa-glossary,PPP over ATM]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "PPPoE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:735 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pppoe-glossary,PPP over Ethernet]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP over ATM" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "PR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:746 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pr-glossary,Problem Report]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "PXE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:749 msgid "See crossref:glossary[pxe-glossary,Preboot eXecution Environment]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Authentication Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "Personal Computer" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "Personal Computer Network File System Daemon" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "Physical Address Extensions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:765 msgid "" "A method of enabling access to up to 64 GB of RAM on systems which only " "physically have a 32-bit wide address space (and would therefore be limited " @@ -2136,25 +2176,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Point-to-Point Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "Pointy Hat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:779 msgid "" "A mythical piece of headgear, much like a dunce cap, awarded to any FreeBSD " "committer who breaks the build, makes revision numbers go backwards, or " @@ -2164,25 +2204,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "Portable Document Format" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Post Office Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "Post Office Protocol Version 3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:791 msgid "" "A protocol for accessing email messages on a mail server, characterised by " "the messages usually being downloaded from the server to the client, as " @@ -2190,31 +2230,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:793 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[imap-glossary,Also Internet Message Access Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "PostScript Printer Description" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "Preboot eXecution Environment" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Principle Of Least Astonishment" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:807 msgid "" "As FreeBSD evolves, changes visible to the user should be kept as " "unsurprising as possible. For example, arbitrarily rearranging system " @@ -2223,13 +2263,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:809 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PRIME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:812 +msgid "" +"A method of multiple physical graphics coprocessors coexisting by sharing " +"their direct memory access buffers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Labeled list +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "Problem Report" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:817 msgid "" "A description of some kind of problem that has been found in either the " "FreeBSD source or documentation. See extref:{problem-reports}[Writing " @@ -2237,26 +2290,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "Process ID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:821 msgid "" "A number, unique to a particular process on a system, which identifies it " "and allows actions to be taken against it." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "Project Evil" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:828 msgid "" "The working title for the NDISulator, written by Bill Paul, who named it " "referring to how awful it is (from a philosophical standpoint) to need to " @@ -2268,125 +2321,125 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "R" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "RA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:834 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ra-glossary,Router Advertisement]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:837 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[raid-glossary,Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "RAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:840 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ram-glossary,Random Access Memory]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "RD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:843 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rd-glossary,Received Data]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "RFC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:846 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rfc-glossary,Request For Comments]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "RISC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:849 msgid "See crossref:glossary[risc-glossary,Reduced Instruction Set Computer]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "RPC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:852 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rpc-glossary,Remote Procedure Call]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "RS232C" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:855 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rs232c-glossary,Recommended Standard 232C]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "RTS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:858 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rts-glossary,Request To Send]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "Random Access Memory" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Revision Control System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:869 msgid "" "The _Revision Control System (RCS)_ is one of the oldest software suites " "that implement “revision control” for plain files. It allows the storage, " @@ -2398,45 +2451,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:871 msgid "See crossref:glossary[svn-glossary,Also Subversion]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "Received Data" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:875 msgid "An RS232C pin or wire that data is received on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:877 msgid "See crossref:glossary[td-glossary,Also Transmitted Data]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "Recommended Standard 232C" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:881 msgid "A standard for communications between serial devices." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "Reduced Instruction Set Computer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:887 msgid "" "An approach to processor design where the operations the hardware can " "perform are simplified but made as general purpose as possible. This can " @@ -2446,513 +2499,513 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Procedure Call" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "Request For Comments" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:900 msgid "" "A set of documents defining Internet standards, protocols, and so forth. " "See www.rfc-editor.org." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:902 msgid "" "Also used as a general term when someone has a suggested change and wants " "feedback." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "Request To Send" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:906 msgid "" "An RS232C signal requesting that the remote system commences transmission of " "data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:908 msgid "See crossref:glossary[cts-glossary,Also Clear To Send]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "Router Advertisement" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "S" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "SCI" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:918 msgid "See crossref:glossary[sci-glossary,System Control Interrupt]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:921 msgid "See crossref:glossary[scsi-glossary,Small Computer System Interface]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "SG" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:924 msgid "See crossref:glossary[sg-glossary,Signal Ground]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "SLAAC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:927 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[slaac-glossary,StateLess Address AutoConfiguration]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "SMB" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:930 msgid "See crossref:glossary[smb-glossary,Server Message Block]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:931 #, no-wrap msgid "SMP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:933 msgid "See crossref:glossary[smp-glossary,Symmetric MultiProcessor]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:936 msgid "See crossref:glossary[smtp-glossary,Simple Mail Transfer Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP AUTH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:939 msgid "See crossref:glossary[smtpauth-glossary,SMTP Authentication]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:942 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ssh-glossary,Secure Shell]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "STR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:945 msgid "See crossref:glossary[str-glossary,Suspend To RAM]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:946 #, no-wrap msgid "SVN" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:948 msgid "See crossref:glossary[svn-glossary,Subversion]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "StateLess Address AutoConfiguration" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Message Block" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:962 #, no-wrap msgid "Signal Ground" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:964 msgid "An RS232 pin or wire that is the ground reference for the signal." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Computer System Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "Subversion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:980 msgid "" "Subversion is a version control system currently used by the FreeBSD project." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend To RAM" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Symmetric MultiProcessor" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "System Control Interrupt" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:994 #, no-wrap msgid "T" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:998 msgid "See crossref:glossary[tcp-glossary,Transmission Control Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP/IP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1002 msgid "" "See crossref:glossary[tcpip-glossary,Transmission Control Protocol/Internet " "Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "TD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1005 msgid "See crossref:glossary[td-glossary,Transmitted Data]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "TFTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1008 msgid "See crossref:glossary[tftp-glossary,Trivial FTP]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "TGT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1011 msgid "See crossref:glossary[tgt-glossary,Ticket-Granting Ticket]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1012 #, no-wrap msgid "TSC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1014 msgid "See crossref:glossary[tsc-glossary,Time Stamp Counter]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "Ticket-Granting Ticket" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "Time Stamp Counter" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1022 msgid "" "A profiling counter internal to modern Pentium(R) processors that counts " "core frequency clock ticks." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "Transmission Control Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1026 msgid "" "A protocol that sits on top of (e.g.) the IP protocol and guarantees that " "packets are delivered in a reliable, ordered, fashion." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1031 msgid "" "The term for the combination of the TCP protocol running over the IP " "protocol. Much of the Internet runs over TCP/IP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "Transmitted Data" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1035 msgid "An RS232C pin or wire that data is transmitted on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1037 msgid "See crossref:glossary[rd-glossary,Also Received Data]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "Trivial FTP" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "U" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1047 msgid "See crossref:glossary[udp-glossary,User Datagram Protocol]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1050 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ufs1-glossary,Unix File System Version 1]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1051 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1053 msgid "See crossref:glossary[ufs2-glossary,Unix File System Version 2]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "UID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1056 msgid "See crossref:glossary[uid-glossary,User ID]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1057 #, no-wrap msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1059 msgid "See crossref:glossary[url-glossary,Uniform Resource Locator]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "USB" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1062 msgid "See crossref:glossary[usb-glossary,Universal Serial Bus]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "Uniform Resource Locator" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1066 msgid "" "A method of locating a resource, such as a document on the Internet and a " "means to identify that resource." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "Unix File System Version 1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1070 msgid "" "The original UNIX(R) file system, sometimes called the Berkeley Fast File " "System." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1072 #, no-wrap msgid "Unix File System Version 2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1075 msgid "" "An extension to UFS1, introduced in FreeBSD 5-CURRENT. UFS2 adds 64 bit " "block pointers (breaking the 1T barrier), support for extended file storage " @@ -2960,39 +3013,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "Universal Serial Bus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1079 msgid "" "A hardware standard used to connect a wide variety of computer peripherals " "to a universal interface." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "User ID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1083 msgid "" "A unique number assigned to each user of a computer, by which the resources " "and permissions assigned to that user can be identified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "User Datagram Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1088 msgid "" "A simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used for exchanging data on " "a TCP/IP network. UDP does not provide error checking and correction like " @@ -3000,30 +3053,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "V" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "VPN" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1094 msgid "See crossref:glossary[vpn-glossary,Virtual Private Network]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Private Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/glossary.adoc:1097 msgid "" "A method of using a public telecommunication such as the Internet, to " "provide remote access to a localized network, such as a corporate LAN." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.adoc index e5cb8134a9..5cd3572d97 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.adoc @@ -8,5 +8,5 @@ Those interested in helping to update and expand this document should send email The latest version of this book is available from the https://www.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD web site]. Previous versions can be obtained from https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/[https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/]. -The book can be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the https://download.freebsd.org/doc/[FreeBSD download server] or one of the numerous link:./mirrors#mirrors[mirror sites]. +The book can be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the https://download.freebsd.org/doc/[FreeBSD download server] or one of the numerous link:#mirrors[mirror sites]. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other documents on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/search/[search page]. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po index ea0039a0c4..a1322344ba 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/[https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/]. The book can " "be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the " "https://download.freebsd.org/doc/[FreeBSD download server] or one of the " -"numerous link:./mirrors#mirrors[mirror sites]. Searches can be performed on " -"the handbook and other documents on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/search/" +"numerous link:#mirrors[mirror sites]. Searches can be performed on the " +"handbook and other documents on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/search/" "[search page]." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc index 6b59ec791f..4e84e37165 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ endif::[] Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development model, and so on. -After reading this chapter you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems. * The history of the FreeBSD Project. * The goals of the FreeBSD Project. * The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model. -* And of course: where the name "FreeBSD" comes from. +* Where the name "FreeBSD" comes from. [[nutshell]] == Welcome to FreeBSD! @@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ FreeBSD is an Open Source, standards-compliant Unix-like operating system for x8 It provides all the features that are nowadays taken for granted, such as preemptive multitasking, memory protection, virtual memory, multi-user facilities, SMP support, all the Open Source development tools for different languages and frameworks, and desktop features centered around X Window System, KDE, or GNOME. Its particular strengths are: -* _Liberal Open Source license_, which grants you rights to freely modify and extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and closed products without imposing restrictions typical to copyleft licenses, as well as avoiding potential license incompatibility problems. +* _Liberal Open Source license_, which grants the rights to freely modify and extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and closed products without imposing restrictions typical to copyleft licenses, as well as avoiding potential license incompatibility problems. * _Strong TCP/IP networking_ - FreeBSD implements industry standard protocols with ever increasing performance and scalability. This makes it a good match in both server, and routing/firewalling roles - and indeed many companies and vendors use it precisely for that purpose. * _Fully integrated OpenZFS support_, including root-on-ZFS, ZFS Boot Environments, fault management, administrative delegation, support for jails, FreeBSD specific documentation, and system installer support. * _Extensive security features_, from the Mandatory Access Control framework to Capsicum capability and sandbox mechanisms. -* _Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build your own, customized ones. +* _Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build customized ones. * _Documentation_ - in addition to the Handbook and books from different authors that cover topics ranging from system administration to kernel internals, there are also the man:man[1] pages, not only for userspace daemons, utilities, and configuration files, but also for kernel driver APIs (section 9) and individual drivers (section 4). -* _Simple and consistent repository structure and build system_ - FreeBSD uses a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. This, along with a unified and easy to customize build system and a well thought-out development process makes it easy to integrate FreeBSD with build infrastructure for your own product. +* _Simple and consistent repository structure and build system_ - FreeBSD uses a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. This, along with a unified and easy to customize build system and a well thought-out development process makes it easy to integrate FreeBSD with build infrastructure for own product. * _Staying true to Unix philosophy_, preferring composability instead of monolithic "all in one" daemons with hardcoded behavior. * _Binary compatibility_ with Linux, which makes it possible to run many Linux binaries without the need for virtualisation. @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with other Open Source and com [[os-overview]] === What Can FreeBSD Do? -The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your own imagination. -From software development to factory automation, inventory control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antenna; if it can be done with a commercial UNIX(R) product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities around the world, often available at little to no cost. +The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by ones own imagination. +From software development to factory automation, inventory control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antenna; if it can be done with a commercial UNIX(R) product then it is more than likely that FreeBSD can do it, too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities around the world, often available at little to no cost. Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is freely available, the system can also be customized to an almost unheard-of degree for special applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD: @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ Here is just a sampling of some of the applications in which people are currentl ** Virtualization servers ** And more... -* _Education:_ Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands-on, under-the-hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get _other_ work done! +* _Education:_ Computer science students, as well as those in related engineering fields, will benefit from FreeBSD. There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands-on, under-the-hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get _other_ work done! * _Research:_ With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums. -* _Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities. +* _Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep people out of the internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities. * _Embedded:_ FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems upon. With support for the ARM, AArch64 and PowerPC platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features, and the permissive extref:{faq}[BSD license, bsd-license-restrictions], FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other devices. * _Desktop:_ FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution using the freely available X11 server and Wayland display server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many open-source desktop environments, including the standard GNOME and KDE graphical user interfaces. FreeBSD can even boot "diskless" from a central server, making individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer. * _Software Development:_ The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full suite of development tools including a full C/C++ compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages are also available through the ports and packages collection. @@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the same In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. The list of ports ranges from HTTP servers to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in between. There are about {numports} ports; the entire Ports Collection requires approximately {ports-size}. -To compile a port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, type `make install`, and let the system do the rest. -The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. +To compile a port, simply change to the directory of the program needed to install, type `make install`, and let the system do the rest. +The full original distribution for each port that is build is retrieved dynamically so only enough disk space to build the ports is needed. Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled "package", which can be installed with a simple command (`pkg install`) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. More information on packages and ports can be found in crossref:ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Documentation may also be installed later using packages: For localized versions replace the "en" with the language prefix of choice. Be aware that some of the localised versions might be out of date and might contain information that is no longer correct or relevant. -You may view the locally installed manuals with a web browser using the following URLs: +Read the locally installed manuals with a web browser using the following URLs: The FreeBSD Handbook:: `/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/handbook_en.pdf` @@ -263,6 +263,6 @@ The FreeBSD Handbook:: The FreeBSD FAQ:: `/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/faq_en.pdf` -You can always find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[The Documentation Portal]. +Find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[The Documentation Portal]. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po index 98a5920ac1..8806a83338 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:58 -msgid "After reading this chapter you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "And of course: where the name \"FreeBSD\" comes from." +msgid "Where the name \"FreeBSD\" comes from." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" -"_Liberal Open Source license_, which grants you rights to freely modify and " +"_Liberal Open Source license_, which grants the rights to freely modify and " "extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and " "closed products without imposing restrictions typical to copyleft licenses, " "as well as avoiding potential license incompatibility problems." @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "_Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and " -"the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build your own, customized ones." +"the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build customized ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ msgid "" "a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. " "This, along with a unified and easy to customize build system and a well " "thought-out development process makes it easy to integrate FreeBSD with " -"build infrastructure for your own product." +"build infrastructure for own product." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" -"The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your " +"The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by ones " "own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory " "control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antenna; if it can be done " -"with a commercial UNIX(R) product then it is more than likely that you can " -"do it with FreeBSD too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally " -"thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and " -"universities around the world, often available at little to no cost." +"with a commercial UNIX(R) product then it is more than likely that FreeBSD " +"can do it, too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands " +"of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities " +"around the world, often available at little to no cost." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -268,12 +268,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" -"_Education:_ Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering " -"field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer " -"architecture and networking than the hands-on, under-the-hood experience " -"that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and " -"graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary " -"interest in a computer is to get _other_ work done!" +"_Education:_ Computer science students, as well as those in related " +"engineering fields, will benefit from FreeBSD. There is no better way of " +"learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than " +"the hands-on, under-the-hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number " +"of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make " +"it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get " +"_other_ work done!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep " -"people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC " +"people out of the internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC " "sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-" "filtering capabilities." msgstr "" @@ -694,11 +695,11 @@ msgid "" "collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. The list of " "ports ranges from HTTP servers to games, languages, editors, and almost " "everything in between. There are about {numports} ports; the entire Ports " -"Collection requires approximately {ports-size}. To compile a port, you " -"simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, type " -"`make install`, and let the system do the rest. The full original " -"distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically so you need " -"only enough disk space to build the ports you want." +"Collection requires approximately {ports-size}. To compile a port, simply " +"change to the directory of the program needed to install, type `make " +"install`, and let the system do the rest. The full original distribution " +"for each port that is build is retrieved dynamically so only enough disk " +"space to build the ports is needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -737,9 +738,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For localized versions replace the \"en\" with the language prefix of " "choice. Be aware that some of the localised versions might be out of date " -"and might contain information that is no longer correct or relevant. You " -"may view the locally installed manuals with a web browser using the " -"following URLs:" +"and might contain information that is no longer correct or relevant. Read " +"the locally installed manuals with a web browser using the following URLs:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" -"You can always find up to date documentation at link:https://" -"docs.FreeBSD.org/[The Documentation Portal]." +"Find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[The " +"Documentation Portal]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc index fd652694cc..35813488ef 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc @@ -361,19 +361,19 @@ The userland for the jail can be obtained from the official FreeBSD download ser Execute the following command to download the userland: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/14.2-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz +# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz .... Once the download is complete, it will be necessary to extract the contents into the jail directory. Execute the following commands to extract the userland into the jail's directory: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... # mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/containers/classic -# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/containers/classic --unlink +# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/containers/classic --unlink .... With the userland extracted in the jail directory, it will be necessary to copy the timezone and DNS server files: @@ -449,56 +449,56 @@ For this reason they are created in "read-only" mode so that jails are created w To create the dataset for the template, execute the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE +# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE .... Then execute the following command to download the userland: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/14.2-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz +# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz .... Once the download is complete, it will be necessary to extract the contents in the template directory by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE --unlink +# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE --unlink .... With the userland extracted in the templates directory, it will be necessary to copy the timezone and DNS server files to the template directory by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/etc/resolv.conf -# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/etc/localtime +# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/etc/resolv.conf +# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/etc/localtime .... The next thing to do is update to the latest patch level by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/ fetch install +# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/ fetch install .... Once the update is finished, the template is ready. To create an OpenZFS Snapshot from the template, execute the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE@base +# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE@base .... Once the OpenZFS Snapshot has been created, infinite jails can be created using the OpenZFS clone function. To create a Thin Jail named `thinjail`, execute the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail +# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail .... The last step is to configure the jail. @@ -546,45 +546,45 @@ A jail can be created with reduced duplication of system files by using the Thin The first step is to create the dataset to save the template, execute the following command if using OpenZFS: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base +# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base .... Or this one if using UFS: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base +# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base .... Then execute the following command to download the userland: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/14.2-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz +# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz .... Once the download is complete, it will be necessary to extract the contents in the template directory by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base --unlink +# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base --unlink .... Once the userland is extracted in the templates directory, it will be necessary to copy the timezone and DNS server files to the template directory by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc/resolv.conf -# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc/localtime +# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc/resolv.conf +# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc/localtime .... With the files moved to the template, the next thing to do is update to the latest patch level by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/ fetch install +# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/ fetch install .... In addition to the base template, it is also necessary to create a directory where the `skeleton` will be located. @@ -592,16 +592,16 @@ Some directories will be copied from the template to the `skeleton`. Execute the following command to create the dataset for the `skeleton` in case of using OpenZFS: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton +# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton .... Or this one in case of using UFS: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton +# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton .... Then create the `skeleton` directories. @@ -609,22 +609,22 @@ The `skeleton` directories will hold the local directories of the jails. Execute the following commands to create the directories: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/home -# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/usr -# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/etc -# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/usr/local /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/usr/local -# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/tmp /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/tmp -# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/var /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/var -# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/root /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/root +# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/home +# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/usr +# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/etc +# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/usr/local /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/usr/local +# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/tmp /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/tmp +# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/var /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/var +# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/root /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/root .... The next step is to create the symlinks to the `skeleton` by executing the following commands: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# cd /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/ +# cd /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/ # mkdir skeleton # ln -s skeleton/etc etc # ln -s skeleton/home home @@ -638,17 +638,17 @@ With the `skeleton` ready, it will be necessary to copy the data to the jail dir In case of using OpenZFS, OpenZFS snapshots can be used to easily create as many jails as necessary by executing the following commands: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton@base -# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail +# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton@base +# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail .... In case of using UFS the man:cp[1] program can be used by executing the following command: -[source,shell] +[source,shell,subs=attributes] .... -# cp -R /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton /usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail +# cp -R /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton /usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail .... Then create the directory in which the base template and the skeleton will be mounted: @@ -688,9 +688,9 @@ thinjail { Then the create the [.filename]#/usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base.fstab# file as follows: -[.programlisting] +[.programlisting,subs=attributes] .... -/usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/ nullfs ro 0 0 +/usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/ nullfs ro 0 0 /usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/skeleton nullfs rw 0 0 .... @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ Below is an incomplete list of the different FreeBSD Jail managers: | iocage | BSD-2 | package:sysutils/iocage[] -| link:https://iocage.readthedocs.io/en/latest/[Documentation] +| link:https://freebsd.github.io/iocage/[Documentation] | ezjail | link:https://erdgeist.org/beerware.html[Beer Ware] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po index 0793706650..f674d6d249 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:462 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap -msgid "# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/14.2-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz\n" +msgid "# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/ftp/releases/amd64/amd64/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/base.txz -o /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/containers/classic\n" -"# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/containers/classic --unlink\n" +"# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/containers/classic --unlink\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap -msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE\n" +msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap -msgid "# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE --unlink\n" +msgid "# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE --unlink\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1113,8 +1113,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/etc/resolv.conf\n" -"# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/etc/localtime\n" +"# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/etc/localtime\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap -msgid "# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE/ fetch install\n" +msgid "# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE/ fetch install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap -msgid "# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE@base\n" +msgid "# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE@base\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap -msgid "# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail\n" +msgid "# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap -msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base\n" +msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1230,13 +1230,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base\n" +msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap -msgid "# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/14.2-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base --unlink\n" +msgid "# tar -xf /usr/local/jails/media/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base.txz -C /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base --unlink\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1251,8 +1251,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc/resolv.conf\n" -"# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc/localtime\n" +"# cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"# cp /etc/localtime /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc/localtime\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap -msgid "# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/ fetch install\n" +msgid "# freebsd-update -b /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/ fetch install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap -msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton\n" +msgid "# zfs create -p zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton\n" +msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1316,13 +1316,13 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/home\n" -"# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/usr\n" -"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/etc /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/etc\n" -"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/usr/local /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/usr/local\n" -"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/tmp /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/tmp\n" -"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/var /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/var\n" -"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/root /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton/root\n" +"# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/home\n" +"# mkdir -p /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/usr\n" +"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/etc /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/etc\n" +"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/usr/local /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/usr/local\n" +"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/tmp /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/tmp\n" +"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/var /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/var\n" +"# mv /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/root /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton/root\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# cd /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base/\n" +"# cd /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base/\n" "# mkdir skeleton\n" "# ln -s skeleton/etc etc\n" "# ln -s skeleton/home home\n" @@ -1364,8 +1364,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton@base\n" -"# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail\n" +"# zfs snapshot zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton@base\n" +"# zfs clone zroot/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton@base zroot/jails/containers/thinjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap -msgid "# cp -R /usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-skeleton /usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail\n" +msgid "# cp -R /usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-skeleton /usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"/usr/local/jails/templates/14.2-RELEASE-base /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/ nullfs ro 0 0\n" +"/usr/local/jails/templates/{betarel-current}-RELEASE-base /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/ nullfs ro 0 0\n" "/usr/local/jails/containers/thinjail /usr/local/jails/thinjail-nullfs-base/skeleton nullfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" @@ -2100,8 +2100,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" -"For example, to install package:nginx-lite[] in the jail, the next command " -"can be executed *from the host*:" +"For example, to install package:www/nginx-lite[] in the jail, the next " +"command can be executed *from the host*:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc index 5e035105b6..9769a57018 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, some users may wish to configure and compile a custom kernel. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * When to build a custom kernel. * How to take a hardware inventory. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief description. Any text after a `+#+` is considered a comment and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a `+#+` at the beginning of the line representing that device or subsystem. -Do not add or remove a `+#+` for any line that you do not understand. +Do not add or remove a `+#+` for any line that is not understand. [WARNING] ==== diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po index 2de5f6cc7a..f7badc2c66 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:60 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ msgid "" "description. Any text after a `+#+` is considered a comment and ignored. " "To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a `+#+` at the " "beginning of the line representing that device or subsystem. Do not add or " -"remove a `+#+` for any line that you do not understand." +"remove a `+#+` for any line that is not understand." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc index 83ce371621..73d5f3cd99 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc @@ -61,7 +61,8 @@ L10n uses the same naming scheme, but from `localization`. The i18n/L10n methods, protocols, and applications allow users to use languages of their choice. This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of FreeBSD. -After reading this chapter, you will know: + +Read this chapter to learn: * How locale names are constructed. * How to set the locale for a login shell. @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * How to find i18n-compliant applications. * Where to find more information for configuring specific languages. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party applications]. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po index 42fc03400e..2222386356 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -67,62 +67,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of " -"FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:" +"FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "How locale names are constructed." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:66 +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 -msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." +msgid "How locale names are constructed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." +msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." +msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 -msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." +msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:72 +msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:73 msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:74 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:75 +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party " "applications]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, " "country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts " @@ -130,13 +135,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The _LanguageCode_ and _CountryCode_ are used to determine the country and " "the specific language variation. crossref:l10n[locale-lang-country,Common " @@ -145,83 +150,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Language and Country Codes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "en_US" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "English, United States" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "ru_RU" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian, Russia" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "zh_TW" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:110 msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale -a | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:117 msgid "To determine the current locale setting:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and " "CP437, are described in man:multibyte[3]. The active list of character sets " @@ -230,7 +235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using " "ASCII characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide " @@ -243,12 +248,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:134 msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the " "locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the " @@ -256,13 +261,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "Locale settings are configured either in a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# " "or in the startup file of the user's shell: [.filename]#~/.profile#, " @@ -270,29 +275,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:145 msgid "Two environment variables should be set:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 msgid "`LANG`, which sets the locale" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:148 msgid "`MM_CHARSET`, which sets the MIME character set used by applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also " "be set for specific application configuration and Xorg configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the " "crossref:l10n[login-class,login class] method, which is the recommended " @@ -301,13 +306,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Classes Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required " "environment variables for locale name and MIME character sets for every " @@ -316,14 +321,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the " "[.filename]#.login_conf# of an individual user's home directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:\\\n" @@ -332,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Here is an example of a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# that sets the " "variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are " @@ -341,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" @@ -354,7 +359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for " "localization. The following variables in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# are " @@ -362,7 +367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" @@ -372,12 +377,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:197 msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" @@ -387,127 +392,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "See man:login.conf[5] for more details about these variables. Note that it " "already contains pre-defined _russian_ class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, remember to execute the " "following command to update the capability database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "For an end user, the `cap_mkdb` command will need to be run on their " "[.filename]#~/.login_conf# for any changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "In addition to manually editing [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#, several " "utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "When using `vipw` to add new users, specify the _language_ to set the locale:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "When using `adduser` to add new users, the default language can be pre-" "configured for all new users or specified for an individual user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "If all new users use the same language, set `defaultclass=_language_` in " "[.filename]#/etc/adduser.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required " "locale at this prompt:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter login class: default []:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:244 msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking `adduser`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser -class language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:251 msgid "If `pw` is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw useradd user_name -L language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "To change the login class of an existing user, `chpass` can be used. Invoke " "it as superuser and provide the username to edit as the argument." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "# chpass user_name\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Startup File Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires " "manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file " @@ -519,7 +524,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" @@ -527,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for " "the `csh` shell. These are the equivalent settings for " @@ -536,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" @@ -544,7 +549,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure Xorg in " "[.filename]#~/.xinitrc# also depends upon the shell. The first example is " @@ -552,25 +557,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Console Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of " "available fonts, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts`. To configure the " @@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "" "font8x16=font_name\n" @@ -588,14 +593,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" @@ -604,7 +609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "To see the list of available screenmaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/" "scrnmaps`. Do not include the [.filename]#.scm# suffix when specifying " @@ -615,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "To see the list of available keymaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps`. " "When specifying the _keymap_name_, do not include the [.filename]#.kbd# " @@ -623,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "The `keychange` entry is usually needed to program function keys to match " "the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined " @@ -631,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "Next, set the correct console terminal type in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# for " "all virtual terminal entries. crossref:l10n[locale-charset,Defined Terminal " @@ -639,109 +644,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Character Set" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l1`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l7`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-R" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25r`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-U" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25u`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "CP437 (VGA default)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "US-ASCII" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that " "language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are " @@ -751,101 +756,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "Language" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Location" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/big5con[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/cce[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/zhcon[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:394 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/kon2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-14dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-16dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "If moused is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, additional configuration " "may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the man:syscons[4] driver " @@ -855,19 +860,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "mousechar_start=3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "Xorg Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] describes how to install and configure " "Xorg. When configuring Xorg for localization, additional fonts and input " @@ -878,7 +883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "The X Input Method (XIM) protocol is an Xorg standard for inputting non-" "English characters. crossref:l10n[locale-xim,Available Input Methods] " @@ -887,246 +892,246 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Input Methods" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Method" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/gcin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-chewing[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/oxim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-fcitx[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-mozc[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/im-ja[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kinput2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-canna[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-prime[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tomoe[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-uim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput3[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/uim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/ibus-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/imhangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/nabi[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/xvnkb[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/x-unikey[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding i18n Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "i18n applications are programmed using i18n kits under libraries. These " "allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and " @@ -1134,7 +1139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:530 msgid "" "The link:https://ports.FreeBSD.org[FreeBSD Ports Collection] contains many " "applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for " @@ -1143,7 +1148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is " "usually done in the port's [.filename]#Makefile# or by passing a value to " @@ -1154,13 +1159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:536 #, no-wrap msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for " @@ -1168,13 +1173,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. Refer to crossref:l10n[using-localization,Using " @@ -1182,14 +1187,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each " "user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:My Account:\\\n" @@ -1198,14 +1203,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "To configure the console, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/" "rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "keymap=\"ru.utf-8\"\n" @@ -1217,14 +1222,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:569 msgid "" "For each `ttyv` entry in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, use `cons25r` as the " "terminal type." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from " "KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with " @@ -1234,7 +1239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n" @@ -1243,12 +1248,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:582 msgid "Refer to man:printcap[5] for a more detailed explanation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted MS-DOS(R) file " "systems, include `-L` and the locale name when adding an entry to " @@ -1256,18 +1261,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:591 msgid "Refer to man:mount_msdosfs[8] for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "To configure Russian fonts for Xorg, install the package:x11-fonts/xorg-" "fonts-cyrillic[] package. Then, check the `\"Files\"` section in " @@ -1276,25 +1281,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:601 msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the `\"Keyboard\"` " "section of [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Option \"XkbLayout\" \"us,ru\"\n" @@ -1302,12 +1307,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:611 msgid "Make sure that `XkbDisable` is commented out in that file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "For `grp:toggle` use kbd:[Right Alt], for `grp:ctrl_shift_toggle` use kbd:" "[Ctrl+Shift]. For `grp:caps_toggle` use kbd:[CapsLock]. The old kbd:" @@ -1317,20 +1322,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "If the keyboard has \"Windows(R)\" keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are " "mapped incorrectly, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. " "Minimally localized applications should call a `XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, " @@ -1338,7 +1343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "See http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html[http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html] for more " "instructions on localizing Xorg applications. For more general information " @@ -1346,25 +1351,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:635 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at http://" "netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/\\~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/[http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/" @@ -1372,13 +1377,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "Greek Language Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available https://" "www.FreeBSD.org/doc/gr/articles/greek-language-support/[here], in Greek " @@ -1386,13 +1391,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "For Japanese, refer to http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/[http://" "www.jp.FreeBSD.org/], and for Korean, refer to http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/" @@ -1400,13 +1405,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:646 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation " "to other languages. They are available through links on the link:https://" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc index df1034c1e7..292af09e70 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ FreeBSD provides *optional* binary compatibility with Linux(R), commonly referre It is available for the x86 (both 32 and 64 bit) and AArch64 architectures. Some Linux-specific operating system features are not yet supported; this mostly happens with functionality specific to hardware or related to system management, such as cgroups or namespaces. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to install crossref:ports[ports,additional third-party software]. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to enable Linux binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system. * How to install additional Linux shared libraries. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ In order to run Linux software a Linux userland must be installed first. If all that is wanted is to run some software already included in the Ports tree, it can be installed via package manager and man:pkg[8] will automatically setup the required Linux userland. For example, to install Sublime Text 4, along with all the Linux libraries it depends on, run this command: - + [source,shell] .... # pkg install linux-sublime-text4 @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Once enabled, execute the following command to install Ubuntu or Debian in [.fil [source,shell] .... -# debootstrap focal /compat/ubuntu +# debootstrap jammy /compat/ubuntu .... [NOTE] @@ -244,11 +244,11 @@ The output should be similar to the following: [.programlisting] .... -I: Retrieving InRelease +I: Retrieving InRelease I: Checking Release signature I: Valid Release signature (key id F6ECB3762474EDA9D21B7022871920D1991BC93C) -I: Retrieving Packages -I: Validating Packages +I: Retrieving Packages +I: Validating Packages I: Resolving dependencies of required packages... I: Resolving dependencies of base packages... I: Checking component main on http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu... @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ The output should be similar to the following: [.programlisting] .... -Linux 3.17.0 x86_64 +Linux 5.15.0 x86_64 .... Once inside the chroot, the system behaves as in a normal Ubuntu installation. @@ -321,10 +321,10 @@ For amd64 the following example can be used: [.programlisting] .... -deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal main universe restricted multiverse -deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ focal-security universe multiverse restricted main -deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal-backports universe multiverse restricted main -deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal-updates universe multiverse restricted main +deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy main universe restricted multiverse +deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ jammy-security universe multiverse restricted main +deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-backports universe multiverse restricted main +deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-updates universe multiverse restricted main .... For arm64 this other example can be used: diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po index 5c2be5ef46..8c1063ff06 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:60 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap -msgid "# debootstrap focal /compat/ubuntu\n" +msgid "# debootstrap jammy /compat/ubuntu\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 @@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"I: Retrieving InRelease \n" +"I: Retrieving InRelease\n" "I: Checking Release signature\n" "I: Valid Release signature (key id F6ECB3762474EDA9D21B7022871920D1991BC93C)\n" -"I: Retrieving Packages \n" -"I: Validating Packages \n" +"I: Retrieving Packages\n" +"I: Validating Packages\n" "I: Resolving dependencies of required packages...\n" "I: Resolving dependencies of base packages...\n" "I: Checking component main on http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu...\n" @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap -msgid "Linux 3.17.0 x86_64\n" +msgid "Linux 5.15.0 x86_64\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -491,10 +491,10 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal main universe restricted multiverse\n" -"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ focal-security universe multiverse restricted main\n" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal-backports universe multiverse restricted main\n" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu focal-updates universe multiverse restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy main universe restricted multiverse\n" +"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ jammy-security universe multiverse restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-backports universe multiverse restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-updates universe multiverse restricted main\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc index 8a99185537..79745411de 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This is in contrast to the default security mechanism of Discretionary Access Co This chapter focuses on the MAC framework and the set of pluggable security policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * The terminology associated with the MAC framework. * The capabilities of MAC security policy modules as well as the difference between a labeled and non-labeled policy. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: * How to implement a more secure environment using the MAC framework. * How to test the MAC configuration to ensure the framework has been properly implemented. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]). * Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:security[security,Security]). diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po index c217894bd0..20ed04eae8 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:66 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:75 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc index c8c3cb076a..003b5a429c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc @@ -141,10 +141,8 @@ username@gmail.com|smtp.gmail.com:password [NOTE] ==== -If you have 2-factor authentication enabled, you will need to generate an -application-specific password as your normal login password will be -rejected. See Google documentation for more information on -https://myaccount.google.com/apppasswords[app-specific passwords]. +With enabled 2-factor authentication a generated application-specific password as the normal login password will be rejected. +See Google documentation for more information on https://myaccount.google.com/apppasswords[app-specific passwords]. ==== Execute the following command to test the configuration: @@ -384,7 +382,7 @@ daily_submit_queuerun="NO" The next step is to install another MTA, man:dma[8] will be used in this example. As pointed above, man:dma[8] is the default MTA in FreeBSD starting with version 14.0. -Therefore, it is only necessary to install it from the ports if you are using a previous version. +Therefore, it is only necessary to install it from the ports when using a previous version. To install it execute the following command: @@ -767,7 +765,7 @@ example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org .... -All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `nevdull` under the same username instead of being sent directly to your host. +All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `nevdull` under the same username instead of being sent directly to the local host. The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that carries mail routing information is the link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MX_record[mail exchanger record (MX record)]. @@ -788,7 +786,7 @@ The lowest MX number is the host that receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some reason, the next lower-numbered host will accept messages temporarily, and pass it along when a lower-numbered host becomes available. Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be most useful. -Your ISP can provide this service. +The ISP can provide this service. [[mail-domain]] === Mail for a Domain diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po index 0dd1f1bbc6..b84538c48b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:136 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:172 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "Authentication can be set with one line in [.filename]#/etc/dma/auth.conf#:" msgstr "" @@ -286,42 +286,42 @@ msgid "username@gmail.com|smtp.gmail.com:password\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" -"If you have 2-factor authentication enabled, you will need to generate an " -"application-specific password as your normal login password will be " -"rejected. See Google documentation for more information on https://" -"myaccount.google.com/apppasswords[app-specific passwords]." +"With enabled 2-factor authentication a generated application-specific " +"password as the normal login password will be rejected. See Google " +"documentation for more information on https://myaccount.google.com/" +"apppasswords[app-specific passwords]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:151 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:179 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:205 msgid "Execute the following command to test the configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@gmail.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DMA to Route Outgoing Mail through Fastmail (SSL/TLS example)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "This example [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf# can be used to send mail using " "Fastmail's SMTP servers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SMARTHOST smtp.fastmail.com\n" @@ -332,32 +332,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "username@fastmail.com|smtp.fastmail.com:password\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@fastmail.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DMA to Route Outgoing Mail through a Custom Mail Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "This example [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf# can be used to send mail using a " "custom mail host." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SMARTHOST mail.example.org\n" @@ -368,25 +368,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "username@example.org|mail.example.org:password\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@example.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "Sendmail is a venerable and versatile Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) with a long " "history in UNIX(R) and UNIX-like systems. It was a part of the FreeBSD base " @@ -396,25 +396,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "The configuration files for Sendmail are located in [.filename]#/etc/mail/#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/access#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "This access database file defines which hosts or IP addresses have access to " "the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as " @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "Examples of using these options for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be " "found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, [.filename]#/etc/mail/" @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make " "entries in [.filename]#/etc/mail/access#, but do not put a comment symbol " @@ -448,13 +448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" @@ -462,13 +462,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/aliases#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to " "users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to " @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root: localuser\n" @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) " "on the right. The first entry expands the `root` mailbox to the `localuser` " @@ -502,20 +502,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, run `newaliases` to update and initialize the " "aliases database." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "This is the master configuration file for Sendmail. It controls the overall " "behavior of Sendmail, including everything from rewriting email addresses to " @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "The master Sendmail configuration file can be built from man:m4[1] macros " "that define the features and behavior of Sendmail. Refer to [.filename]#/" @@ -533,20 +533,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "Whenever changes to this file are made, Sendmail needs to be restarted for " "the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/virtusertable#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real " "mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in " @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "virtusertable.sample# to further demonstrate its format. The following " @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root@example.com root\n" @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address " "matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on " @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" @@ -595,13 +595,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/relay-domains#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "In a default FreeBSD installation, Sendmail is configured to only send mail " "from the host it is running on. For example, if a POP server is available, " @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "The most straightforward solution is to add the ISP's FQDN to [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/relay-domains#. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per " @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "" "your.isp.example.com\n" @@ -630,14 +630,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "After creating or editing this file, restart Sendmail with `service sendmail " "restart`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the " "user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send " @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "Starting with FreeBSD version 14.0, man:dma[8] is the default MTA, and " "before 14.0, the default MTA is man:sendmail[8]. However, the system " @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "If the default's outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it " "is replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system " @@ -672,20 +672,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing Sendmail with Other MTA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "In order to completely disable man:sendmail[8] execute the following " "commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -695,31 +695,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "To only disable man:sendmail[8]'s incoming mail service execute the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:365 msgid "Then stop the man:sendmail[8] service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sendmail onestop\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "Some extra configuration is needed as man:sendmail[8] is so ubiquitous that " "some software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check " @@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:383 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -739,41 +739,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "The next step is to install another MTA, man:dma[8] will be used in this " "example. As pointed above, man:dma[8] is the default MTA in FreeBSD " "starting with version 14.0. Therefore, it is only necessary to install it " -"from the ports if you are using a previous version." +"from the ports when using a previous version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:388 msgid "To install it execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install dma\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "Perform the configuration as indicated in crossref:mail[configuring-" "dragonfly-mail-agent, Configuring DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA)]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "Then change all the entries in the file [.filename]#/etc/mail/mailer.conf# " "to man:dma[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" @@ -787,28 +787,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "When using the version of man:dma[8] included in the base system, the paths " "will change to [.filename]#/usr/libexec/dma#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "To ensure that anything in the queue is flushed at boot or before shutdown, " "execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc dma_flushq_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:426 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. " "Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly " @@ -816,20 +816,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA) with Other MTA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "As noted above, starting with FreeBSD version 14.0, the default MTA is DMA. " "In this example, package:mail/postfix[] will be used as the alternative MTA." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "Before installing package:mail/postfix[] some extra configuration is " "needed. Check [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf# and make sure that these " @@ -838,44 +838,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:444 msgid "Then install package:mail/postfix[]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install postfix\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "To start package:mail/postfix[] at system boot execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc postfix_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "It is good practice to read the installation message after installing an " "application. Provides useful information about settings, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "If postfix is *not* already activated in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mail/" "mailer.conf# execute the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mv /usr/local/etc/mail/mailer.conf /usr/local/etc/mail/mailer.conf.old\n" @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "When employing SASL, ensure that postfix has access to read the sasldb " "file. This is accomplished by adding postfix to group mail and making the " @@ -893,13 +893,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "A MUA is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email " "\"evolves\" and becomes more complex, MUAs are becoming increasingly " @@ -910,13 +910,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "mail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:492 msgid "" "man:mail[1] is the default MUA installed with FreeBSD. It is a console " "based MUA that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive " @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "Although man:mail[1] does not natively support interaction with POP or IMAP " "servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local `mbox` using an " @@ -933,18 +933,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:496 msgid "In order to send and receive email, run man:mail[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "% mail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "The contents of the user's mailbox in [.filename]#/var/mail# are " "automatically read by man:mail[1]. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility " @@ -954,13 +954,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" @@ -971,18 +971,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "Messages can now be read by typing kbd:[t] followed by the message number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 msgid "This example reads the first email:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& t 1\n" @@ -997,24 +997,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:539 msgid "To display the list of messages again, press kbd:[h]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "If the email requires a reply, press either kbd:[R] or kbd:[r] man:mail[1] " "keys. kbd:[R] instructs man:mail[1] to reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1025,12 +1025,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:546 msgid "An example can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& R 1\n" @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "In order to send a new email, press kbd:[m], followed by the recipient email " "address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address " @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& mail root@localhost\n" @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" @@ -1075,64 +1075,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "While using man:mail[1], press kbd:[?] to display help at any time. Refer " "to man:mail[1] for more help on how to use man:mail[1]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "man:mail[1] was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them " "poorly. Newer MUAs handle attachments in a more intelligent way." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:586 msgid "Mutt is a powerful MUA, with many features, including:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:588 msgid "The ability to thread messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:589 msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 msgid "MIME support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:591 msgid "Maildir support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:592 msgid "Highly customizable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "Refer to link:http://www.mutt.org[http://www.mutt.org] for more information " "on Mutt." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "A Mutt fork called NeoMutt is worth mentioning, which brings added " "features. See more on the link:https://neomutt.org/about.html[NeoMutt " @@ -1141,20 +1141,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Mutt may be installed using the package:mail/mutt[] port. After the port " "has been installed, Mutt can be started by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "% mutt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "Mutt will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in " "[.filename]#/var/mail#. If no mails are found, Mutt will wait for commands " @@ -1162,38 +1162,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client showing a list of messages" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press kbd:[Enter]. An " "example of Mutt displaying email can be seen below:" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client displaying an email" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "Similar to man:mail[1], Mutt can be used to reply only to the sender of the " "message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "By default, Mutt uses the man:vi[1] editor for creating and replying to " "emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the " @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "To compose a new mail message, press kbd:[m]. After a valid subject has " "been given, Mutt will start man:vi[1] so the email can be written. Once the " @@ -1224,19 +1224,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client showing the summary screen" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Mutt contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by " "pressing kbd:[?]. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where " @@ -1244,19 +1244,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "alpine is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "alpine has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which " "allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local " @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "The current version of alpine may be installed using the package:mail/" "alpine[] port. Once the port has installed, alpine can be started by " @@ -1275,13 +1275,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "% alpine\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "The first time alpine runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief " "introduction, as well as a request from the alpine development team to send " @@ -1292,19 +1292,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the greeting page" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "pine1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor " "keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, " @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "The default directory opened by alpine is [.filename]#inbox#. To view the " "message index, press kbd:[I], or select the [.guimenuitem]#MESSAGE INDEX# " @@ -1322,19 +1322,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the default directory" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "pine2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be " "navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by " @@ -1342,19 +1342,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the message index" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "pine3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by alpine. " "Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An " @@ -1363,19 +1363,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing an email" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "pine4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "Replying to an email in alpine is done using the pico editor, which is " "installed by default with alpine. pico makes it easy to navigate the " @@ -1386,45 +1386,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the message compose window" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "pine5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "alpine can be customized using the [.guimenuitem]#SETUP# option from the " "main menu." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:704 msgid "" "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and " "setting up mail for an entire domain." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as [.filename]#/" "etc/resolv.conf# is configured or the network has access to a configured DNS " @@ -1433,17 +1433,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:712 msgid "Run a DNS server for the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:713 msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the FQDN for the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent " "static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a " @@ -1452,62 +1452,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:719 msgid "" "Make sure that the lowest-numbered MX record in DNS points to the host's " "static IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:720 msgid "Make sure there is no MX entry in the DNS for the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 msgid "Try this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# hostname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:733 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:745 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:761 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "example.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:742 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "In this example, mail sent directly to " "mailto:yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org[yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org] should " @@ -1517,12 +1517,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:754 msgid "For this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" @@ -1530,14 +1530,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `nevdull` under " -"the same username instead of being sent directly to your host." +"the same username instead of being sent directly to the local host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that " "carries mail routing information is the link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -1546,12 +1546,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:775 msgid "The MX entry for `freefall.FreeBSD.org` at one time looked like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:787 msgid "" "`freefall` had many MX entries. The lowest MX number is the host that " "receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some " @@ -1570,20 +1570,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be " -"most useful. Your ISP can provide this service." +"most useful. The ISP can provide this service." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail for a Domain" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "When configuring an MTA for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain " "should be diverted to the MTA so that users can receive their mail on the " @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:798 msgid "" "To make life easiest, a user account with the same _username_ should exist " "on both the MTA and the system with the MUA. Use man:adduser[8] to create " @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "In addition to adding local users to the host, there are alternative methods " "known as virtual users. Programs like link:https://www.cyrusimap.org/" @@ -1609,14 +1609,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "The MTA must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the " "network. This is done in the DNS configuration with an MX record:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" @@ -1624,44 +1624,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the MTA no matter where the A " "record points. The mail is sent to the MX host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "This must be configured on a DNS server. If the network does not run its " "own DNS server, talk to the ISP or DNS provider." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:821 msgid "The following is an example of virtual email hosting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "Consider a customer with the domain `customer1.org`, where all the mail for " "`customer1.org` should be sent to `mail.myhost.com`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:825 msgid "The DNS entry should look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:833 msgid "" "An `A` record is _not_ needed for `customer1.org` in order to only handle " "email for that domain. However, running `ping` against `customer1.org` will " @@ -1669,53 +1669,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "Tell the MTA which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. " "Either of the following will work for Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "Add the hosts to [.filename]#/etc/mail/local-host-names# when using the " "`FEATURE(use_cw_file)`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:839 msgid "Add a `Cwyour.host.com` line to [.filename]#/etc/sendmail.cf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up to Send Only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a " "relay. Some examples are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as " "man:mail[1], using the ISP's mail relay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to " "pass off all mail to a relay for processing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "While any MTA is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be " "difficult to properly configure a full-featured MTA just to handle " @@ -1724,14 +1724,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one " "from running a \"mail server\"." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to use the man:dma[8] MTA included " "in the crossref:mail[configuring-dragonfly-mail-agent, base system]. For " @@ -1739,14 +1739,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "In addition to man:dma[8], third-party software can be used to achieve the " "same, like package:mail/ssmtp[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" @@ -1754,14 +1754,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:867 msgid "" "Once installed, package:mail/ssmtp[] can be configured with [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Use the real email address for `root`. Enter the ISP's outgoing mail relay " "in place of `mail.example.com`. Some ISPs call this the \"outgoing mail " @@ -1779,12 +1779,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:881 msgid "Make sure to disable Sendmail, including the outgoing mail service." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:883 msgid "" "package:mail/ssmtp[] has some other options available. Refer to the examples " "in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ssmtp# or the manual page of ssmtp for more " @@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "Setting up ssmtp in this manner allows any software on the computer that " "needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the ISP's usage " @@ -1800,13 +1800,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP Authentication in Sendmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "Configuring SMTP authentication on the MTA provides a number of benefits. " "SMTP authentication adds a layer of security to Sendmail, and provides " @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 msgid "" "Install package:security/cyrus-sasl2[] from the Ports Collection. This port " "supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication " @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "After installing package:security/cyrus-sasl2[], edit [.filename]#/usr/local/" "lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf#, or create it if it does not exist, and add the " @@ -1831,37 +1831,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "Next, install package:security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd[] and add execute the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:911 msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "# service saslauthd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "This daemon serves as a broker for Sendmail to authenticate against the " "FreeBSD man:passwd[5] database. This saves the trouble of creating a new " @@ -1870,12 +1870,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:921 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:930 msgid "" "These lines provide Sendmail the proper configuration options for linking to " "package:cyrus-sasl2[] at compile time. Make sure that package:cyrus-sasl2[] " @@ -1891,12 +1891,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:932 msgid "Recompile Sendmail by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:941 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" @@ -1908,14 +1908,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "This compile should not have any problems if [.filename]#/usr/src# has not " "changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "After Sendmail has been compiled and reinstalled, edit [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "freebsd.mc# or the local [.filename]#.mc#. Many administrators choose to " @@ -1924,12 +1924,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:949 msgid "Add these lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:955 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnl set SASL options\n" @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "These options configure the different methods available to Sendmail for " "authenticating users. To use a method other than pwcheck, refer to the " @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "Finally, run man:make[1] while in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. That will run the " "new [.filename]#.mc# and create a [.filename]#.cf# named either " @@ -1954,21 +1954,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "Then, run `make install restart`, which will copy the file to " "[.filename]#sendmail.cf#, and properly restart Sendmail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "For more information about this process, refer to [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "Makefile#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "To test the configuration, use a MUA to send a test message. For further " "investigation, set the `LogLevel` of Sendmail to `13` and watch [.filename]#/" @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:970 msgid "" "For more information, refer to http://www.sendmail.org/~ca/email/" "auth.html[SMTP authentication]." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc index 9c308e1dbf..a43bbecb46 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ endif::[] == Mirrors The official mirrors of the FreeBSD project are made up of many machines operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct users to the closest available mirror. -Current locations are Australia, Brazil, Japan (two sites), Malaysia, South Africa, Sweden, Taiwan, United States of America (California, Illinois - two sites, New Jersey, and Washington). +Current locations are Australia, Brazil, Japan (two sites), Malaysia, South Africa, Sweden, Taiwan, United States of America (California - two sites, Illinois - two sites, New Jersey, and Washington). Official mirrors service: @@ -257,10 +257,6 @@ Mirror list maintained by the community and other companies: | link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] | South Africa icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title="mirror contact"] -| ftp.za.FreeBSD.org -| link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6] - -| | ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org | link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po index 3a03a06a37..e7fd47b7c2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ msgid "" "operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct " "users to the closest available mirror. Current locations are Australia, " "Brazil, Japan (two sites), Malaysia, South Africa, Sweden, Taiwan, United " -"States of America (California, Illinois - two sites, New Jersey, and " -"Washington)." +"States of America (California - two sites, Illinois - two sites, New Jersey, " +"and Washington)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols" msgstr "" @@ -228,810 +228,807 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"There is an ongoing project to provide **download.FreeBSD.org** and " +"**pkg.FreeBSD.org** through link:https://www.fastly.com[Fastly], using its " +"CDN acceleration, caching, and bandwidth to bring FreeBSD images and " +"packages to our globally distributed community." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:102 msgid "Mirror list maintained by the community and other companies:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Country" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Australia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-australia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Austria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-austria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.at.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Brazil icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-brazil-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "Bulgaria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-bulgaria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "Czech Republic icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-czech-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "Denmark icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-denmark-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Finland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-finland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "France icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-france-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Germany icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-germany-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Greece icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-greece-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Japan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-japan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "Kazakhstan icon:envelope[link=mailto:support@ps.kz, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.ps.kz" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "http://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.neolabs.kz" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "Korea icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-korea-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:https://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "link:rsync://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "Latvia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-latvia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "Netherlands icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-netherlands-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.nl.altushost.com" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://mirror.nl.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "New Zealand icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-new-zealand-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "Norway icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-norway-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.no.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "Poland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-poland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Russia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-russia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Slovenia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-slovenia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.si.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "South Africa icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ftp.za.FreeBSD.org" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 -#, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Sweden icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-sweden-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.se.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.se.altushost.com" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://mirror.se.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "Taiwan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-taiwan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "Ukraine icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-ukraine-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "United Kingdom icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-uk-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "United States of America icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-us-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp11.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp14.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp14.FreeBSD.org[rsync] (Former official tier 1)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "The current list of protocols supported by the community mirrors was last " "updated on 2022-01-31, and it's not guaranteed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Git" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's base source code and documentation. As of " @@ -1040,7 +1037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "Git is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-update` " "(crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD Update”]) " @@ -1048,44 +1045,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Git on a FreeBSD system and use it " "to create a local copy of a FreeBSD source code repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 msgid "Git can be installed from the Ports Collection, or as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Git" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `git " "clone`. This directory of files is called the _working tree_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Git uses URLs to designate a repository. There are three different " "repositories, `src` for the FreeBSD system source code, `doc` for " @@ -1096,115 +1093,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Git Repository URL Table" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Item" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "Git URL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "External mirrors maintained by project members are also available; please " "refer to the crossref:mirrors[external-mirrors, External mirrors] section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:365 msgid "To clone a copy of the FreeBSD system source code repository:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone -o freebsd https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "The `-o freebsd` option specifies the origin; by convention in the FreeBSD " "documentation, the origin is assumed to be `freebsd`. Because the initial " @@ -1213,14 +1210,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Initially, the working tree contains source code for the `main` branch, " "which corresponds to CURRENT. To switch to 13-STABLE instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1228,14 +1225,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "The working tree can be updated with `git pull`. To update [.filename]#/usr/" "src# created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1243,46 +1240,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that " "have changed." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Web-based repository browser" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project uses cgit as the web-based repository browser: " "link:https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "For Developers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "For information about write access to repositories see the extref:" "{committers-guide}[Committer's Guide, git-mini-primer]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "External mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "Those mirrors are not hosted in FreeBSD.org but still maintained by the " "project members. Users and developers are welcome to pull or browse " @@ -1292,76 +1289,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "Codeberg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:411 msgid "doc: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 msgid "ports: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 msgid "src: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "GitHub" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:416 msgid "doc: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 msgid "ports: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:418 msgid "src: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "GitLab" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:421 msgid "doc: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:422 msgid "ports: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:423 msgid "src: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The main mailing list for general usage and questions about git in the " "FreeBSD project is https://lists.freebsd.org/subscription/freebsd-" @@ -1370,77 +1367,77 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH host keys" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:432 msgid "gitrepo.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:seWO5D27ySURcx4bknTNKlC1mgai0whP443PAKEvvZA`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is " "`SHA256:lNR6i4BEOaaUhmDHBA1WJsO7H3KtvjE2r5q4sOxtIWo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:f453CUEFXEJAXlKeEHV+ajJfeEfx9MdKQUD7lIscnQI`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:437 msgid "git.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:/UlirUAsGiitupxmtsn7f9b7zCWd0vCs4Yo/tpVWP9w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is " "`SHA256:y1ljKrKMD3lDObRUG3xJ9gXwEIuqnh306tSyFd1tuZE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:442 msgid "These are also published as SSHFP records in DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "Disc Copies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:447 msgid "FreeBSD disc copies are available from several online retailers:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n" @@ -1455,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Getlinux\n" @@ -1463,7 +1460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc index 17cb077290..855601abb1 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Multimedia applications and technologies have become an integral part of modern This chapter covers various multimedia components such as audio, video, and image processing. It also discusses various media formats and codecs, as well as tools and applications for multimedia creation and playback. Additionally, the chapter covers multimedia system configuration, troubleshooting, and optimization. -Whether you are a multimedia enthusiast or a professional content creator, FreeBSD offers a robust platform for multimedia work. +FreeBSD provides a robust platform for multimedia work, suitable for both multimedia enthusiasts and professional content creators. This chapter aims to help get the most out of FreeBSD's multimedia capabilities, providing useful information and practical examples to help get started. [[sound-setup]] @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ To install GNOME Music, execute: === Audacious Audacious is an open source audio player. -A descendant of XMMS, it plays your music how you want it, without stealing away your computer's resources from other tasks. +As a descendant of XMMS, it provides music playback while maintaining efficient use of system resources. To install Audacious, execute: @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ FreeBSD currently supports the following tools used to carry out videoconference | link:https://teams.live.com[] | Google Meet -| Does not work +| Works | Works | link:https://meet.google.com/[] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po index 60edc59503..0f86ca4589 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -57,10 +57,11 @@ msgid "" "It also discusses various media formats and codecs, as well as tools and " "applications for multimedia creation and playback. Additionally, the " "chapter covers multimedia system configuration, troubleshooting, and " -"optimization. Whether you are a multimedia enthusiast or a professional " -"content creator, FreeBSD offers a robust platform for multimedia work. This " -"chapter aims to help get the most out of FreeBSD's multimedia capabilities, " -"providing useful information and practical examples to help get started." +"optimization. FreeBSD provides a robust platform for multimedia work, " +"suitable for both multimedia enthusiasts and professional content creators. " +"This chapter aims to help get the most out of FreeBSD's multimedia " +"capabilities, providing useful information and practical examples to help " +"get started." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -319,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:audio/plasma5-plasma-pa[]" +msgid "package:audio/plasma6-plasma-pa[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -663,9 +664,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" -"Audacious is an open source audio player. A descendant of XMMS, it plays " -"your music how you want it, without stealing away your computer's resources " -"from other tasks." +"Audacious is an open source audio player. As a descendant of XMMS, it " +"provides music playback while maintaining efficient use of system resources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1121,7 +1121,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:579 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:584 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap @@ -1130,6 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:584 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:585 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:589 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc index dba07a8e2c..d7ac579d4f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc @@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be star By default, every line starts with a comment (`+#+`), meaning that inetd is not listening for any applications. To configure inetd to listen for an application's connections, remove the `+#+` at the beginning of the line for that application. -After saving your edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#: +After saving the edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#: [.programlisting] .... inetd_enable="YES" .... -To start inetd now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type: +To start inetd now, so that it listens for the configured service, type: [source,shell] .... @@ -319,11 +319,11 @@ The examples can be modified to match the file systems and client names on the r There are many options that can be used in this file, but only a few will be mentioned here. See man:exports[5] for the full list of options. -This example shows how to export [.filename]#/cdrom# to three hosts named _alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_: +This example shows how to export [.filename]#/media# to three hosts named _alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_: [.programlisting] .... -/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie +/media -ro alpha bravo charlie .... The `-ro` flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from making any changes to the exported file system. @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ default:\ In this example, the system is using the DES format for password hashing. Other possible values include `blf` for Blowfish, `md5` for MD5, `sha256` and `sha512` for SHA-256 and SHA-512 respectively. -For more information and the up to date list of what is available on your system, consult the man:crypt[3] manpage. +For more information and the up to date list of what is available on the system, consult the man:crypt[3] manpage. If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in the NIS domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving the change: @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ On FreeBSD, the built-in ntpd can be used to synchronize a system's clock. ntpd is configured using man:rc.conf[5] variables and [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#, as detailed in the following sections. ntpd communicates with its network peers using UDP packets. -Any firewalls between your machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP packets in and out on port 123. +Any firewalls between the machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP packets in and out on port 123. ==== The [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# file @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ The presence of any of the following keywords in [.filename]#ntp.conf# requires * logdir * statsdir -To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd` you must: +To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd`: * Ensure that the `ntpd` user has access to all the files and directories specified in the configuration. * Arrange for the `mac_ntpd` module to be loaded or compiled into the kernel. See man:mac_ntpd[4] for details. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po index 70daa3bccb..8c8d926ee0 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" -"After saving your edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing " +"After saving the edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" -"To start inetd now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type:" +"To start inetd now, so that it listens for the configured service, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -767,14 +767,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" -"This example shows how to export [.filename]#/cdrom# to three hosts named " +"This example shows how to export [.filename]#/media# to three hosts named " "_alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap -msgid "/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" +msgid "/media -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ msgid "" "In this example, the system is using the DES format for password hashing. " "Other possible values include `blf` for Blowfish, `md5` for MD5, `sha256` " "and `sha512` for SHA-256 and SHA-512 respectively. For more information and " -"the up to date list of what is available on your system, consult the " +"the up to date list of what is available on the system, consult the " "man:crypt[3] manpage." msgstr "" @@ -5563,7 +5563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2622 msgid "" "ntpd communicates with its network peers using UDP packets. Any firewalls " -"between your machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP " +"between the machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP " "packets in and out on port 123." msgstr "" @@ -5841,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2736 -msgid "To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd` you must:" +msgid "To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd`:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc index bb49981b31..2dc5de6c38 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ part: Part I. Getting Started prev: books/handbook/wayland next: books/handbook/partii description: This chapter delves into the topic of network configuration and performance, showcasing the robust networking capabilities of the FreeBSD operating system. -tags: ["network", "ipv4", "ipv6", "wireless", "wpa_supplicant", "static ip", "dynamic ip"] +tags: ["network", "ipv4", "ipv6", "wireless", "wpa_supplicant", "static ip", "dynamic ip", "WiFi"] showBookMenu: true weight: 9 params: diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.po index 71bbbb22ab..a7f30cd705 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-08-17 20:54+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -186,8 +186,9 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:299 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:338 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:403 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:664 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:818 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" @@ -455,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:229 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "To make the change persist across reboots execute the following command:" msgstr "" @@ -614,8 +615,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:328 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:610 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "" @@ -1247,26 +1248,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:581 -msgid "This procedure shows the steps required:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:582 +msgid "" +"This Quick Start procedure shows the steps required to connect to a network " +"using basic authentication. A more detailed procedure is given in the next " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:584 +msgid "" +"The first step is to obtain the Service Set Identifier (SSID) and Pre-Shared " +"Key (PSK) for the wireless network from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" -"The first step will be to obtain the SSID (Service Set Identifier) and PSK " -"(Pre-Shared Key) for the wireless network from the network administrator." +"The second step is to add an entry for this network to [.filename]#/etc/" +"wpa_supplicant.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" -"The second step will be to add an entry for this network to [.filename]#/etc/" -"wpa_supplicant.conf#. If the file does not exist, create it:" +"If the file does not exist, create it. Consult man:wpa_supplicant.conf[5] " +"for details on formatting entries in this file." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:596 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant\n" +"eapol_version=1\n" +"ap_scan=1\n" +"fast_reauth=1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1276,28 +1297,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" -"Is the SSID of the wireless network. Replace it with the name of the " +"Is the SSID of the wireless network. Replace it with the name of the " "wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" -"Is the PSK of the wireless network. Replace it with the password of the " +"Is the PSK of the wireless network. Replace it with the password of the " "wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" -"The third step will be to add the network entry to configure the network on " -"startup:" +"The third step is to add the network interface entry to configure the " +"network on startup. Obtain the network device interface by using the sysctl " +"`net.wlan.devices`. In the listing below, the output of this sysctl shows " +"the network device interface is \"iwn0\"." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:615 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# sysctl net.wlan.devices\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:622 +#, no-wrap +msgid "net.wlan.devices: iwm0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:625 +msgid "" +"In the sysrc line that follows, replace \"iwn0\" with the output of the " +"sysctl command if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc wlans_iwn0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1305,41 +1347,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" -"And the last step will be the restart `netif` service executing the " -"following command:" +"And the last step is to restart the `netif` service executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Wireless Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" -"The first step will be to configure the wireless network card to an " -"interface. To find out what wireless network cards are in the system check " -"the section crossref:network[config-identify-network-adapter, Identify " +"This section provides a more detailed example of configuring a wireless " +"network card. To find out what wireless network cards are in the system " +"check the section crossref:network[config-identify-network-adapter, Identify " "Network Adapters]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev iwm0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc wlans_iwm0=\"wlan0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:661 msgid "" "Since the regulatory situation is different in various parts of the world, " "it is necessary to correctly set the domains that apply to your location to " @@ -1347,53 +1389,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "The available region definitions can be found in [.filename]#/etc/" "regdomain.xml#. To set the data at runtime, use `ifconfig`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 regdomain etsi2 country AT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:671 msgid "To persist the settings, add it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc create_args_wlan0=\"country AT regdomain etsi2\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "Scan Wireless Networks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:682 msgid "Available wireless networks can be scanned using man:ifconfig[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:684 msgid "To list the wireless networks execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 up list scan\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" @@ -1406,17 +1448,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:704 msgid "SSID/MESH ID identifies the name of the network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:705 msgid "BSSID identifies the MAC address of the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "CAPS field identifies the type of each network and the capabilities of the " "stations operating there (see the definition of `list scan` in " @@ -1424,13 +1466,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "Connection and Authentication to a Wireless Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "Once a wireless network has been selected from the list of scanned networks, " "it is necessary to perform the connection and the authentication. In the " @@ -1442,20 +1484,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "Authenticate with WPA2/WPA/Personal" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "The authentication process in a wireless network is managed by " "man:wpa_supplicant[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "The man:wpa_supplicant[8] configuration will be made in the [.filename]#/etc/" "wpa_supplicant.conf# file. For more information, see " @@ -1463,7 +1505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "Once the scanning of the wireless networks has been carried out, a network " "has been chosen and have the password (PSK), that information will be added " @@ -1472,7 +1514,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1483,61 +1525,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "SSID scan technique. Only need to use this option if the network is hidden." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:735 msgid "Network name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:736 msgid "Password of the wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:738 msgid "" "The next step will be to configure the wireless connection in the file " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:740 msgid "" "To use a static address it will be necessary to execute the following " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.1.20 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "To use a dynamic address it will be necessary to execute the following " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:754 msgid "Then restart the network executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "More information on how to perform more advanced methods of authentication " "can be obtained at crossref:advanced-networking[network-advanced-wireless," @@ -1545,50 +1587,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "Authenticate with Open Networks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "It is important that the user is *very* careful when connecting to open " "networks without any kind of authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "Once the wireless network scan is done and the SSID of the wireless network " "is selected, execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 ssid SSID\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:781 msgid "And then execute man:dhclient[8] to get the address configured:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient wlan0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a " "wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users " @@ -1596,7 +1638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces " "together in a \"failover\" fashion. This type of configuration uses the " @@ -1605,7 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Link aggregation and failover is covered in crossref:advanced-" "networking[network-aggregation,\"Link Aggregation and Failover\"] and an " @@ -1615,74 +1657,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "The hostname represents the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the host " "on the network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "If no hostname is set for the host, FreeBSD will call itself `Amnesiac`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "Check The Current Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:811 msgid "man:hostname[1] can be used to check the current hostname:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "$ hostname\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "freebsdhostname.example.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Change Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "To change the hostname of the host and persist it across reboots execute the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc hostname=\"freebsdhostname.example.com\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "The DNS could be understood as a link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Telephone_directory[telephone directory] in which an IP is identified to a " @@ -1690,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "There are three files that handle how a FreeBSD system interact with the " "DNS. These three files are man:hosts[5], man:resolv.conf[5] and " @@ -1698,7 +1740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:843 msgid "" "Unless otherwise stated in the [.filename]#/etc/nsswitch.conf# file, FreeBSD " "will look at the addresses in the [.filename]#/etc/hosts# file and then the " @@ -1706,46 +1748,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "The man:nsswitch.conf[5] file specifies how the nsdispatch (name-service " "switch dispatcher) should operate." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "By default, the hosts section of the [.filename]#/etc/nsswitch.conf# file " "will be as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "hosts: files dns\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "For example, in case of using the man:nscd[8] service. The order of " "preference could be changed by leaving the line as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "hosts: files cache dns\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "Local addresses" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc/hosts# file is a simple text database who provide host " "name to IP address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a " @@ -1756,7 +1798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "For example, in the case of having a local instance of package:www/gitlab-" "ce[] in a local environment, it could be added as follows to the file " @@ -1764,72 +1806,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.150 git.example.com git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Nameserver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (DNS) is " "controlled by man:resolv.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:884 msgid "The most common entries to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:890 #, no-wrap msgid "`nameserver`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "The IP address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "`search`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "`domain`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "The local domain name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:900 msgid "A typical [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "" "search example.com\n" @@ -1838,87 +1880,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:911 msgid "Only one of the `search` and `domain` options should be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "When using DHCP, man:dhclient[8] usually rewrites [.filename]#/etc/" "resolv.conf# with information received from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "If the machine in which the configuration is being made is *not* a DNS " "server, man:local-unbound[8] can be used to improve DNS lookup performance." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:920 msgid "To enable it at boot time execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "To start the man:local-unbound[8] service execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:931 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple " "things first." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:940 msgid "Is the network cable plugged in?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:941 msgid "Are the network services properly configured?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:942 msgid "Is the firewall configured correctly?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:943 msgid "Is the NIC supported by FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:944 msgid "Is the router working correctly?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "Before sending a bug report, always check the Hardware Notes in the " "link:https://www.freebsd.org/releases/[FreeBSD release page], update the " @@ -1927,13 +1969,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting in Wired Networks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:955 msgid "" "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through man:tuning[7]. " "Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can " @@ -1941,7 +1983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "`No route to host` messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet " "to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified " @@ -1951,7 +1993,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "`ping: sendto: Permission denied` error messages are often caused by a " "misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules " @@ -1961,20 +2003,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting in Wireless Networks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common " "wireless networking problems." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the " "configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of " @@ -1982,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the " "configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the " @@ -1993,14 +2035,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network " "configuration using tools like man:ping[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be " "enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using man:wlandebug[8]." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc index fe7001ab82..0aea47b7b5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies for installing thir for installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or from the network. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * The difference between binary packages and ports. * How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an applic A package can be manipulated with the man:pkg[8] commands, such as `pkg install`. While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their own strengths. -Select the technology that meets your requirements for installing a particular application. +Select the technology that meets the needs for installing a particular application. .Package Benefits * A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed tarball containing the source code for the application. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Select the technology that meets your requirements for installing a particular a + In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application with different settings. For example, NGINX(R) is available as a `nginx` package and a `nginx-lite` package, the former has many more options enabled, but this in turn requires many things to be installed as dependencies for it to work, thus increasing space consumption and attack surface. + -The transitive dependencies can grow quite large, for example the full `nginx` package will pull in several X libraries which can be quite surprising, so building from ports allow you to choose only the options you need without a "kitchen sink" approach. In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to specify certain settings. +The transitive dependencies can grow quite large, for example the full `nginx` package will pull in several X libraries which can be quite surprising, so building from ports allows to choose only the options needed without a "kitchen sink" approach. In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to specify certain settings. * The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the end-user. * Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through source code in order to look for potential problems. * Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ The package management tool is not yet installed on your system. Do you want to fetch and install it now? [y/N] .... -man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and if you confirm that is your intention, download the man:pkg[8] tarball, install man:pkg[8] from it, bootstrap the local package database and then proceed to run the command you originally requested. +man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and when confirmed, downloads the man:pkg[8] tarball, installs man:pkg[8] from it, bootstraps the local package database and then proceeds to run the command originally requested. More recent versions of man:pkg[7] understand `pkg -N` as a test to see if man:pkg[8] is installed without triggering the installation, and conversely, pkg bootstrap[-f] to install man:pkg[8] (or force it to be reinstalled) without performing any other actions. @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ To switch man:pkg[8] from Quarterly to Latest run the following commands: [source,shell] .... # mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos -# echo 'FreeBSD: { url: "pkg+http://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf +# echo 'FreeBSD: { url: "pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf .... Then run this command to update the local package repositories catalogues for the Latest branch: @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of `/usr/por Before installing and using the Ports Collection, please be aware that it is generally ill-advised to use the Ports Collection in conjunction with the binary packages provided via pkg to install software. pkg, by default, tracks quarterly branch-releases of the ports tree and not HEAD. Dependencies could be different for a port in HEAD compared to its counterpart in a quarterly branch release and this could result in conflicts between dependencies installed by pkg and those from the Ports Collection. -If the Ports Collection and pkg must be used in conjunction, then be sure that your Ports Collection and pkg are on the same branch release of the ports tree. +If the Ports Collection and pkg must be used in conjunction, then be sure that the Ports Collection and pkg are on the same branch release of the ports tree. ==== The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. @@ -730,8 +730,8 @@ If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be mai Git can be used to obtain the Ports Collection. Refer to extref:{committers-guide}[the Git Primer, git-primer] for a detailed description of Git. -We add --depth 1 to the git command line to clone the tree without obtaining the commit history, which saves time and is acceptable for most users. -If you have your own changes to the ports tree, or need the history for any reason, omit the --depth 1 argument below. +We add `--depth 1` to the git command line to clone the tree without obtaining the commit history, which saves time and is acceptable for most users. +When maintaining custom changes to the ports tree, or need the history for any reason, omit the `--depth 1` argument below. . Git must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Git like this: + @@ -773,7 +773,8 @@ If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, Git + [source,shell] .... -# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q1 +# git -C /usr/ports fetch --depth 1 origin 2023Q2:2023Q2 +# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q2 .... **** @@ -875,7 +876,7 @@ and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all dependency op There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method is to `cd` into the directory containing the port and type `make config`. Another option is to use `make showconfig`. -Another option is to execute `make rmconfig` which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. +Another option is to execute `make rmconfig` which will remove all selected options and allows to start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in man:ports[7]. The ports system uses man:fetch[1] to download the source files, which supports various environment variables. @@ -921,7 +922,7 @@ will compile the port in `/usr/ports` and install it in `/usr/home/example/local will combine the two. These can also be set as environmental variables. -Refer to the manual page for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable. +Refer to the manual page for the shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable. [[ports-removing]] === Removing Installed Ports @@ -983,7 +984,7 @@ Synth is a newer alternative. [NOTE] ==== The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system administrator. -It is recommended practice to back up your data before using any of these tools. +It is recommended practice to back up data before using any of these tools. ==== [[portmaster]] @@ -1302,13 +1303,13 @@ FreeBSD: { Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for instance: `/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/13amd64`, where `13amd64` is the name of the build. -If the URL to the package repository is: `http://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, +If the URL to the package repository is: `https://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, then the repository configuration file in `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf` would look like: [.programlisting] .... custom: { - url: "http://pkg.example.com/13amd64", + url: "https://pkg.example.com/13amd64", enabled: yes, } .... @@ -1361,5 +1362,5 @@ Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe to ==== + If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report using the instructions in extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports]. -. Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional broken port or even submit your own! -. Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in crossref:ports[pkgng-intro, Using pkg for Binary Package Management]. + +. Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed information on the ports infrastructure, enabling the fixing of occasional broken ports or the submission of new ones. Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in crossref:ports[pkgng-intro, Using pkg for Binary Package Management]. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po index 3d9fe0088e..47edb30f58 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:61 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their " -"own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for " -"installing a particular application." +"own strengths. Select the technology that meets the needs for installing a " +"particular application." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The transitive dependencies can grow quite large, for example the full " "`nginx` package will pull in several X libraries which can be quite " -"surprising, so building from ports allow you to choose only the options you " -"need without a \"kitchen sink\" approach.In some cases, multiple packages " -"will exist for the same application to specify certain settings." +"surprising, so building from ports allows to choose only the options needed " +"without a \"kitchen sink\" approach. In some cases, multiple packages will " +"exist for the same application to specify certain settings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -390,16 +390,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:161 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:246 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:278 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:313 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:340 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:385 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:440 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:467 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:497 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:522 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:586 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" @@ -414,10 +414,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" -"man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and if you confirm that is your " -"intention, download the man:pkg[8] tarball, install man:pkg[8] from it, " -"bootstrap the local package database and then proceed to run the command you " -"originally requested." +"man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and when confirmed, downloads the " +"man:pkg[8] tarball, installs man:pkg[8] from it, bootstraps the local " +"package database and then proceeds to run the command originally requested." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -496,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" -"# echo 'FreeBSD: { url: \"pkg+http://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" +"# echo 'FreeBSD: { url: \"pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -515,18 +514,145 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap +msgid "Kernel modules repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:222 +msgid "" +"The kernel module repositories allow users to install ready to use kernel " +"modules like the ones used for graphic drivers and specific hardware. " +"Starting with FreeBSD 14.3, the FreeBSD Project provides kernel modules " +"built for every supported version. To create such a repository configuration " +"if it does not exist, add the following to [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/pkg/" +"repos/kmods.conf#:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"FreeBSD-kmods: {\n" +" url: \"pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/KMODSFLAVOR\",\n" +" mirror_type: \"srv\",\n" +" signature_type: \"fingerprints\",\n" +" fingerprints: \"/usr/share/keys/pkg\",\n" +" enabled: yes\n" +"}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:234 +msgid "" +"`KMODSFLAVOR` respects the following pattern: " +"`kmods_PORTBRANCH_MINORRELEASE`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:236 +msgid "For instance:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kmodsflavor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD Release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ports main" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ports quarterly" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD 14.2-RELEASE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_latest_2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_quarterly_2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD 14.3-RELEASE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_latest_3" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_quarterly_3" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD 14.3-STABLE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_latest" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kmods_quarterly" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FreeBSD 15.0-CURRENT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:261 +#, no-wrap msgid "Configure pkg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "man:pkg.conf[5] is the system-wide configuration file used by the man:pkg[8] " "tools. The default location of this file is `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not need to have a `pkg.conf` file. Many installations will " "work well with no `pkg.conf` at all or with an empty `pkg.conf` (other than " @@ -534,12 +660,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:273 msgid "Lines in the file beginning with a \"#\" are\tcomments and are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "The file is in UCL format. For more information on the syntax of " "man:libucl[3], please visit the link:https://github.com/vstakhov/" @@ -547,38 +673,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "The following types of options are recognized - boolean, string and list " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "A boolean option is marked as enabled if one of the following values is " "specified in the configuration file - YES, TRUE and ON." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "Searching Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:285 msgid "To search a package man:pkg-search[8] can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search nginx\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "" "modsecurity3-nginx-1.0.3 Instruction detection and prevention engine / nginx Wrapper\n" @@ -598,13 +724,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Fetching Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "To install a binary package man:pkg-install[8] can be used. This command " "uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install " @@ -612,13 +738,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install curl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -628,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be INSTALLED:\n" @@ -644,13 +770,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be installed: 9\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 11 MiB more space.\n" @@ -658,26 +784,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with this action? [y/N]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as " "dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ca_root_nss-3.83 Root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n" @@ -693,30 +819,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "To fetch a package and install it later or in another place use man:pkg-" "fetch[8]. For example, to download `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg fetch -d -o /usr/home/user/packages/ nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:383 msgid "`-d`: used to fetch all the dependencies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:384 msgid "`-o`: used to specify the download directory" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -726,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be FETCHED:\n" @@ -735,13 +861,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be fetched: 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 2 MiB more space.\n" @@ -749,37 +875,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with fetching packages? [y/N]:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "To install the downloaded packages man:pkg-install[8] can be used as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/home/user/packages/\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install nginx-lite-1.22.1,3.pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by " "running man:pkg-info[8] which, when run without any switches, will list the " @@ -787,18 +913,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:424 msgid "For example, to see which version of pkg is installed, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pkg-1.19.0\n" @@ -827,45 +953,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "WWW: https://github.com/freebsd/pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions using man:pkg-" "upgrade[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the " "repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "Auditing Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party " "applications. To address this, pkg includes a built-in auditing mechanism. " @@ -874,13 +1000,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Fetching vuln.xml.xz: 100% 976 KiB 499.5kB/s 00:02\n" @@ -895,30 +1021,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with man:pkg-delete[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:506 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg delete curl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -926,7 +1052,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -934,20 +1060,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:477 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be removed: 1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 4 MiB.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with deinstallation packages? [y/N]: y\n" @@ -956,13 +1082,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically Removing Unused Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer " "required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies (leaf " @@ -971,13 +1097,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg autoremove\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -985,7 +1111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -993,19 +1119,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 723 KiB.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with deinstalling packages? [y/N]:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Packages installed as dependencies are called _automatic_ packages. Non-" "automatic packages, i.e the packages that were explicitly installed not as a " @@ -1013,13 +1139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-list\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nginx\n" @@ -1028,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "`pkg prime-list` is an alias command declared in `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`. " "There are many others that can be used to query the package database of the " @@ -1037,13 +1163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-origins\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "" "www/nginx\n" @@ -1052,7 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "This list can be used to rebuild all packages installed on a system using " "build tools such as package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] or package:ports-mgmt/" @@ -1060,42 +1186,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:597 msgid "Marking an installed package as automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 1 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Once a package is a leaf package and is marked as automatic, it gets " "selected by `pkg autoremove`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:606 msgid "Marking an installed package as _not_ automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:610 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 0 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Stale Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:618 msgid "" "By default, pkg stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by " "`PKG_CACHEDIR` in man:pkg.conf[5]. Only copies of the latest installed " @@ -1104,30 +1230,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:622 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:625 msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking and Unlocking Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "man:pkg-lock[8] is used to lock packages against reinstallation, " "modification or deletion. man:pkg-unlock[8] unlocks the named packages. " @@ -1138,35 +1264,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:640 msgid "For example, to lock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg lock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:647 msgid "And to unlock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg unlock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying Package Metadata" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version " "number changes. To address this, pkg has a built-in command to update " @@ -1176,31 +1302,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:661 msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/python3:lang/python311\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "As another example, to update package:lang/ruby31[] to package:lang/" "ruby32[], run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:672 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/ruby31:lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that " "are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a " @@ -1208,19 +1334,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install -Rf lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:686 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "The Ports Collection is a set of `Makefiles`, patches, and description " "files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual " @@ -1228,14 +1354,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of `/usr/" "ports`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "Before installing and using the Ports Collection, please be aware that it is " "generally ill-advised to use the Ports Collection in conjunction with the " @@ -1245,12 +1371,12 @@ msgid "" "counterpart in a quarterly branch release and this could result in conflicts " "between dependencies installed by pkg and those from the Ports Collection. " "If the Ports Collection and pkg must be used in conjunction, then be sure " -"that your Ports Collection and pkg are on the same branch release of the " +"that the Ports Collection and pkg are on the same branch release of the " "ports tree." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:705 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside " "each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each " @@ -1260,37 +1386,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "*Makefile*: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "*distinfo*: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "*files/*: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-descr*: provides a more detailed description of the program.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-plist*: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "Some ports include `pkg-message` or other files to handle special " "situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer " @@ -1298,7 +1424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a " "`distfile`. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save " @@ -1306,13 +1432,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection " "must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of " @@ -1320,13 +1446,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Git Method*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be " "maintained, or if running FreeBSD-CURRENT, Git can be used to obtain the " @@ -1335,23 +1461,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" -"We add --depth 1 to the git command line to clone the tree without obtaining " -"the commit history, which saves time and is acceptable for most users. If " -"you have your own changes to the ports tree, or need the history for any " -"reason, omit the --depth 1 argument below." +"We add `--depth 1` to the git command line to clone the tree without " +"obtaining the commit history, which saves time and is acceptable for most " +"users. When maintaining custom changes to the ports tree, or need the " +"history for any reason, omit the `--depth 1` argument below." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "Git must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If " "a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Git like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/git\n" @@ -1359,70 +1485,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, " "Git can be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:749 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:752 msgid "Check out a copy of the HEAD branch of the ports tree:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:759 msgid "Or, check out a copy of a quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2023Q1 /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:766 msgid "As needed, update `/usr/ports` after the initial Git checkout:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/ports pull\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:773 msgid "As needed, switch `/usr/ports` to a different quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap -msgid "# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q1\n" +msgid "" +"# git -C /usr/ports fetch --depth 1 origin 2023Q2:2023Q2\n" +"# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Ports" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to " "install or remove software. The detailed description of available `make` " @@ -1430,7 +1558,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as " "described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-" @@ -1444,14 +1572,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also " "requires superuser privilege." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be " "installed, then type `make install` at the prompt. Messages will indicate " @@ -1459,7 +1587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1484,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" @@ -1502,7 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:839 msgid "" "Since `lsof` is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security " "warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, " @@ -1510,7 +1638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the " "directories listed in the `PATH` environment variable, to speed up lookup " @@ -1521,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all " "the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves " @@ -1530,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make clean\n" @@ -1539,20 +1667,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:858 msgid "" "To save this extra step, instead use `make install clean` when compiling the " "port." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "Customizing Ports Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:868 msgid "" "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable " "application components, provide security options, or allow for other " @@ -1566,7 +1694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:874 msgid "" "When using `config-recursive`, the list of ports to configure are gathered " "by the `all-depends-list` target. It is recommended to run `make config-" @@ -1576,19 +1704,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to " "add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One " "method is to `cd` into the directory containing the port and type `make " "config`. Another option is to use `make showconfig`. Another option is to " -"execute `make rmconfig` which will remove all selected options and allow you " -"to start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great " -"detail in man:ports[7]." +"execute `make rmconfig` which will remove all selected options and allows to " +"start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail " +"in man:ports[7]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "The ports system uses man:fetch[1] to download the source files, which " "supports various environment variables. The `FTP_PASSIVE_MODE`, " @@ -1598,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, `make fetch` " "can be run within `/usr/ports`, to fetch all distfiles, or within a " @@ -1610,7 +1738,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles " "repository, the `MASTER_SITES` variable can be used to override the download " @@ -1619,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" @@ -1628,76 +1756,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "The `WRKDIRPREFIX` and `PREFIX` variables can override the default working " "and target directories. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/home/example/ports` and install everything " "under `/usr/local`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/ports` and install it in `/usr/home/example/" "local`. And:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:923 msgid "will combine the two." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page " -"for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." +"for the shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Installed Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Installed ports can be uninstalled using `pkg delete`. Examples for using " "this command can be found in the man:pkg-delete[8] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:934 msgid "Alternately, `make deinstall` can be run in the port\\'s directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1708,13 +1836,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:947 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" @@ -1722,7 +1850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the " "port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be " @@ -1731,13 +1859,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports " "Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be " @@ -1745,7 +1873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that " "the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating " @@ -1755,13 +1883,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg version -l \"<\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "Before attempting an upgrade, read `/usr/ports/UPDATING` from the top of the " "file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system " @@ -1774,41 +1902,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "Tools to Upgrade and Manage Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:980 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual " "upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "Historically, most installations used either Portmaster or Portupgrade. " "Synth is a newer alternative." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:988 msgid "" "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system " -"administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using " -"any of these tools." +"administrator. It is recommended practice to back up data before using any " +"of these tools." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portmaster" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] is a very small utility for upgrading " "installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD " @@ -1817,7 +1945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" @@ -1825,38 +1953,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "Portmaster defines four categories of ports:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portmaster -L\n" @@ -1880,7 +2008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" @@ -1888,18 +2016,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1052 msgid "" "By default, Portmaster makes a backup package before deleting the existing " "port. If the installation of the new version is successful, Portmaster " @@ -1911,20 +2039,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add `-f` to upgrade " "and rebuild all ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "Portmaster can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading " "all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this " @@ -1932,31 +2060,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster shells/bash\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1072 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "Portupgrade is deprecated and will be removed in the near future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] is another utility that can be used to " "upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to " @@ -1964,7 +2092,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1088 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" @@ -1972,7 +2100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan " "the list of installed ports using `pkgdb -F` and to fix all the " @@ -1980,7 +2108,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "" "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use `portupgrade " "-a`. Alternately, include `-i` to be asked for confirmation of every " @@ -1988,13 +2116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -ai\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use " "`portupgrade _pkgname_`. It is very important to include `-R` to first " @@ -2002,13 +2130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -R firefox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "If `-P` is included, Portupgrade searches for available packages in the " "local directories listed in `PKG_PATH`. If none are available locally, it " @@ -2019,13 +2147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -PP gnome3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "" "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if `-P` is specified, without " "building or installing anything, use `-F`. For further information on all " @@ -2033,20 +2161,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1125 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports and Disk Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building " "and installing a port, running `make clean` within the ports skeleton will " @@ -2057,13 +2185,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -C\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "" "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in `/usr/ports/" "distfiles` over time. To use Portupgrade to delete all the distfiles that " @@ -2071,57 +2199,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -D\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "Portupgrade can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently " "installed on the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1150 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -DD\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "If Portmaster is installed, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster --clean-distfiles\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a " "distfile should be deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "" "In addition to these commands, package:ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves[] automates " "the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Packages with poudriere" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "poudriere is a `BSD`-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD " "packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation " @@ -2133,7 +2261,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "poudriere is installed using the package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] package or " "port. The installation includes a sample configuration file `/usr/local/etc/" @@ -2142,7 +2270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1182 msgid "" "While `ZFS` is not required on the system running poudriere, it is " "beneficial. When `ZFS` is used, `ZPOOL` must be specified in `/usr/local/" @@ -2154,7 +2282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "" "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds " "will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with `RAM` or " @@ -2163,13 +2291,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "After configuration, initialize poudriere so that it installs a jail with " "the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail " @@ -2179,7 +2307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 13amd64 -v 13.1-RELEASE\n" @@ -2229,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local -m git+https\n" @@ -2238,7 +2366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "On a single computer, poudriere can build ports with multiple " "configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom " @@ -2248,7 +2376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-" "specific `make.conf` in `/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d`. The filename in this " @@ -2259,7 +2387,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1259 msgid "" "Packages to be built are entered in `13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist` " "(ports with extref:{porters-handbook}flavors[FLAVORS] can be defined with " @@ -2267,7 +2395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "editors/emacs\n" @@ -2278,29 +2406,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1274 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere options -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere bulk -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "While running, pressing kbd:[Ctrl+t] displays the current state of the " "build. poudriere also builds files in `/poudriere/logs/bulk/jailname` that " @@ -2308,27 +2436,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1287 msgid "" "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from " "the poudriere repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "For more information on using poudriere, see man:poudriere[8] and the main " "web site, https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a poudriere Repository" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the " "official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official " @@ -2338,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" @@ -2347,7 +2475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines " "via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for " @@ -2356,32 +2484,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1308 msgid "" -"If the URL to the package repository is: `http://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, " +"If the URL to the package repository is: `https://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, " "then the repository configuration file in `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/" "custom.conf` would look like:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1315 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" -"\turl: \"http://pkg.example.com/13amd64\",\n" +"\turl: \"https://pkg.example.com/13amd64\",\n" "\tenabled: yes,\n" "}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1318 msgid "" "If exposing the package repository to the internet is not desired, the " "`file://` protocol can be used to point to the repository directly:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" @@ -2391,13 +2519,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1328 #, no-wrap msgid "Post-Installation Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1332 msgid "" "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or " "port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration " @@ -2406,7 +2534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1334 msgid "" "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in `/usr/" "local/etc`. In cases where an application has a large number of " @@ -2418,7 +2546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1335 msgid "" "Applications which provide documentation will install it into `/usr/local/" "share/doc` and many applications also install manual pages. This " @@ -2426,7 +2554,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "" "Some applications run services which must be added to `/etc/rc.conf` before " "starting the application. These applications usually install a startup " @@ -2435,7 +2563,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1341 msgid "" "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, " "nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This " @@ -2443,32 +2571,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Users of man:csh[1] should run `rehash` to rebuild the known binary list in " "the shells `PATH`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1345 msgid "" "Use `pkg info` to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were " "installed with the application." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1350 msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the link:https://" "www.FreeBSD.org/support/[Problem Report database]. If so, implementing the " @@ -2476,7 +2604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1353 msgid "" "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type `make maintainer` in the ports " "skeleton or read the port's `Makefile` to find the maintainer's email " @@ -2485,7 +2613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1359 msgid "" "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group " "maintainer represented by a extref:{mailing-list-faq}[mailing list]. Many, " @@ -2495,7 +2623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1362 msgid "" "In particular, ports maintained by " "mailto:ports@FreeBSD.org[ports@FreeBSD.org] are not maintained by a specific " @@ -2504,7 +2632,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report " "using the instructions in extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem " @@ -2512,16 +2640,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1366 msgid "" "Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed " -"information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional " -"broken port or even submit your own!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1319 -msgid "" -"Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in " -"crossref:ports[pkgng-intro, Using pkg for Binary Package Management]." +"information on the ports infrastructure, enabling the fixing of occasional " +"broken ports or the submission of new ones. Install the package instead of " +"the port using the instructions in crossref:ports[pkgng-intro, Using pkg for " +"Binary Package Management]." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc index a267fdc7ea..3d7ec970d3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ endif::[] FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (PPP) protocol which can be used to establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This chapter describes how to configure modem-based communication services in FreeBSD. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a PPP connection. * How to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE). * How to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA). -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Be familiar with basic network terminology. * Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and PPP. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name.Insert the correct value for _MyUserN Line 14::: This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password. Insert the correct value for _MyPassword_. -You may want to add an additional line, such as: +An additional line may be added, such as: + [.programlisting] .... @@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ router_enable="NO" It is important that the `routed` daemon is not started, as `routed` tends to delete the default routing table entries created by `ppp`. -It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network lookup every now and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. -You may try: +It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network lookup every now and then, possibly causing the machine to dial out. +Try this: [.programlisting] .... @@ -709,13 +709,13 @@ Here is an example of a working [.filename]#ppp.conf#: [.programlisting] .... default: - set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish + set log Phase tun command # add more detailed logging when needed set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 name_of_service_provider: - set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device - set authname YOURLOGINNAME - set authkey YOURPASSWORD + set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with the Ethernet device + set authname THELOGINNAME + set authkey THEPASSWORD set dial set login add default HISADDR @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#: .... ppp_enable="YES" ppp_mode="ddial" -ppp_nat="YES" # if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO +ppp_nat="YES" # when needing to enable nat for the local network, otherwise NO ppp_profile="name_of_service_provider" .... @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE servers attached to Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided by the ISP. As a last resort, one could try installing the package:net/rr-pppoe[] package or port. -Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. +Bear in mind however, this may de-program the modem and render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install the program shipped with the modem. Then, access the menu:System[] menu from the program. The name of the profile should be listed there. @@ -838,8 +838,8 @@ adsl: open .... -<.> The username used to authenticate with your ISP. -<.> The password used to authenticate with your ISP. +<.> The username used to authenticate with the ISP. +<.> The password used to authenticate with the ISP. Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in [.filename]#mpd.links#. An example [.filename]#mpd.links# to accompany the above example is given beneath: @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ adsl: .... <.> The username for the DSL provider. -<.> The password for your account. +<.> The password for the account. [WARNING] ==== diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po index a361835c16..5464eba27b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:59 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:65 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password. Insert the correct value for " -"_MyPassword_. You may want to add an additional line, such as:" +"_MyPassword_. An additional line may be added, such as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -833,8 +833,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not " "include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network " -"lookup every now and then, possibly causing your machine to dial out. You " -"may try:" +"lookup every now and then, possibly causing the machine to dial out. Try " +"this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" -" set log Phase tun command # you can add more detailed logging if you wish\n" +" set log Phase tun command # add more detailed logging when needed\n" " set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n" msgstr "" @@ -1468,9 +1468,9 @@ msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" "name_of_service_provider:\n" -" set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with your Ethernet device\n" -" set authname YOURLOGINNAME\n" -" set authkey YOURPASSWORD\n" +" set device PPPoE:xl1 # replace xl1 with the Ethernet device\n" +" set authname THELOGINNAME\n" +" set authkey THEPASSWORD\n" " set dial\n" " set login\n" " add default HISADDR\n" @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n" -"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# if you want to enable nat for your local network, otherwise NO\n" +"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# when needing to enable nat for the local network, otherwise NO\n" "ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\"\n" msgstr "" @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "As a last resort, one could try installing the package:net/rr-pppoe[] " -"package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and " +"package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program the modem and " "render it useless, so think twice before doing it. Simply install the " "program shipped with the modem. Then, access the menu:System[] menu from " "the program. The name of the profile should be listed there. It is usually " @@ -1711,12 +1711,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 -msgid "The username used to authenticate with your ISP." +msgid "The username used to authenticate with the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:843 -msgid "The password used to authenticate with your ISP." +msgid "The password used to authenticate with the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:900 -msgid "The password for your account." +msgid "The password for the account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc index b25f3960d8..0c9fcd9dfb 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ endif::[] The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the concepts and conventions that underpin UNIX(R). Working through this section requires little more than the desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are introduced. -Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD system administrators. -Some of these chapters may recommend that you do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter. +Once reaching this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD system administrators. +Some of these chapters may recommend to do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter. For a list of additional sources of information, please see crossref:bibliography[bibliography,Bibliography]. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ These are the major updates since the fourth edition of the Handbook. * The crossref:desktop[desktop, Desktop] chapter has been updated with upgraded installation instructions for KDE Plasma, GNOME, XFCE, MATE, Cinnamon, and LXQT, expanded browser options, a new development tools section, and updates to office productivity, document viewers, and finance sections. * The crossref:multimedia[multimedia, Multimedia] chapter has been reworked with updates to the sound section, new tables for sound mixers, audio players, and video players, guidance on automatic headphone switching, a new conferencing and meetings section, and a revised image scanners section. * The crossref:linuxemu[linuxemu, Linuxemu] chapter has been improved with updated instructions for setting up a Debian/Ubuntu base system using debootstrap. -* The crossref:config[config, Config] chapter has been renamed for accuracy, with updates to service management, cron and periodic, syslog, power management, and swap sections. A new entry on config files was added, and the outdated tuning section was removed. +* The crossref:config[config-tuning, Config] chapter has been renamed for accuracy, with updates to service management, cron and periodic, syslog, power management, and swap sections. A new entry on config files was added, and the outdated tuning section was removed. * The crossref:security[security, Security] chapter has been updated with enhancements to VPN over IPSec, securing accounts, password hashes, sudo/doas, and OpenSSH/OpenSSL. New sections have been added covering IDS, secure levels, file flags, Capsicum, NFSv4 ACLs, and resource limits. * The crossref:jails[jails, Jails] chapter has been updated to include details on jail types (Thick, Thin, VNET, and Linux Jails), host system configuration, networking options, the jail configuration file, setup procedures, upgrade methods, resource limits, and different jail managers and container solutions. * The crossref:mail[mail, Mail] chapter has been updated to include information on DMA, upgrades to Sendmail, instructions for changing DMA and Sendmail to use different MTAs, and the removal of Dialup and Fetchmail sections, along with a reorganization of the chapter. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ _crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall,Installing FreeBSD]_:: Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9._x_ and later using bsdinstall. _crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD Basics]_:: -Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. If you are familiar with Linux(R) or another flavor of UNIX(R) then you can probably skip this chapter. +Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. When familiar with Linux(R) or another flavor of UNIX(R) then this chapter can probably be skipped. _crossref:ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]_:: Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's innovative "Ports Collection" and standard binary packages. @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ _crossref:desktop[desktop,Desktop Applications]_:: Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD. _crossref:multimedia[multimedia,Multimedia]_:: -Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications. +Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for the system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications. _crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel]_:: -Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel. +Explains the need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel. _crossref:printing[printing,Printing]_:: Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner pages, printer accounting, and initial setup. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ _crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process]_:: Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process with configuration options. _crossref:security[security,Security]_:: -Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH. +Describes many different tools available to help keep the FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH. _crossref:jails[jails,Jails]_:: Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the traditional chroot support of FreeBSD. @@ -238,19 +238,19 @@ _crossref:mail[mail,Electronic Mail]_:: Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: sendmail. _crossref:network-servers[network-servers,Network Servers]_:: -Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network information system server, or time synchronization server. +Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up the FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network information system server, or time synchronization server. _crossref:firewalls[firewalls,Firewalls]_:: Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls available for FreeBSD. _crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking]_:: -Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless networking, Bluetooth(R), ATM, IPv6, and much more. +Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection with other computers on the LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless networking, Bluetooth(R), ATM, IPv6, and much more. _crossref:mirrors[mirrors,Obtaining FreeBSD]_:: -Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install FreeBSD. +Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allows to download and install FreeBSD. _crossref:bibliography[bibliography,Bibliography]_:: -This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in the text. +This book touches on many different subjects that may leave readers hungry for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in the text. _crossref:eresources[eresources,Resources on the Internet]_:: Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ C:\> tools\fdimage floppies\kern.flp A: .... Examples starting with # indicate a command that must be invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. -You can login as `root` to type the command, or login as your normal account and use man:su[1] to gain superuser privileges. +Login as `root` to type the command, or login as the normal account and use man:su[1] to gain superuser privileges. [source,shell] .... @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax is used for setting environment variables [[preface-acknowledgements]] == Acknowledgments -The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the world. +This book represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful. Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.po index e167acc6da..1f30694386 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" -"Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the " -"Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to " -"FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that " -"you do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the " -"beginning of each chapter." +"Once reaching this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a " +"comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD " +"system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend to do some " +"prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each " +"chapter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -178,10 +178,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" -"The crossref:config[config, Config] chapter has been renamed for accuracy, " -"with updates to service management, cron and periodic, syslog, power " -"management, and swap sections. A new entry on config files was added, and " -"the outdated tuning section was removed." +"The crossref:config[config-tuning, Config] chapter has been renamed for " +"accuracy, with updates to service management, cron and periodic, syslog, " +"power management, and swap sections. A new entry on config files was added, " +"and the outdated tuning section was removed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -554,8 +554,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. " -"If you are familiar with Linux(R) or another flavor of UNIX(R) then you can " -"probably skip this chapter." +"When familiar with Linux(R) or another flavor of UNIX(R) then this chapter " +"can probably be skipped." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" -"Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also " +"Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for the system. Also " "describes some sample audio and video applications." msgstr "" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" -"Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed " +"Explains the need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed " "instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel." msgstr "" @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" -"Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system " +"Describes many different tools available to help keep the FreeBSD system " "secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH." msgstr "" @@ -910,9 +910,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" -"Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up " -"your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, " -"network information system server, or time synchronization server." +"Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up the " +"FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network " +"information system server, or time synchronization server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection " -"with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless " +"with other computers on the LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless " "networking, Bluetooth(R), ATM, IPv6, and much more." msgstr "" @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well " -"as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install " +"as different sites on the Internet that allows to download and install " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" @@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" -"This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a " -"more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that " -"are referenced in the text." +"This book touches on many different subjects that may leave readers hungry " +"for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books " +"that are referenced in the text." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "Examples starting with # indicate a command that must be invoked as the " -"superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as `root` to type the command, or login " -"as your normal account and use man:su[1] to gain superuser privileges." +"superuser in FreeBSD. Login as `root` to type the command, or login as the " +"normal account and use man:su[1] to gain superuser privileges." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -1155,9 +1155,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" -"The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people " -"around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted " -"complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful." +"This book represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the " +"world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted complete " +"chapters, all the contributions have been useful." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc index 53be6040d1..f2dc051b6a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Enter new password: If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the configured number of retries. -If your organization's policy requires passwords to expire, FreeBSD supports the `passwordtime` in the user's login class in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# +If the organization's policy requires passwords to expire, FreeBSD supports the `passwordtime` in the user's login class in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# The `default` login class contains an example: @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ All devices may be read or written subject to their permissions. 1:: *Secure mode* - the system immutable and system append-only flags may not be turned off; disks for mounted file systems, [.filename]#/dev/mem# and [.filename]#/dev/kmem# may not be opened for writing; -[.filename]#/dev/io# (if your platform has it) may not be opened at all; kernel modules (see man:kld[4]) may not be loaded or unloaded. +[.filename]#/dev/io# (if the platform has it) may not be opened at all; kernel modules (see man:kld[4]) may not be loaded or unloaded. The kernel debugger may not be entered using the debug.kdb.enter sysctl. A panic or trap cannot be forced using the debug.kdb.panic, debug.kdb.panic_str and other sysctl's. @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ Additionally, always exercise caution when editing system configuration files, e === Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits The man:rctl[8] system provides a more fine-grained way to set and manage resource limits for individual processes and users. -It allows you to dynamically assign resource limits to specific processes or users, regardless of their user class. +It allows dynamically assigning resource limits to specific processes or users, regardless of their user class. The first step to use man:rctl[8] will be to enable it adding the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# and reboot the system: diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po index d1d96af3da..125b7dd2a4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" -"If your organization's policy requires passwords to expire, FreeBSD supports " +"If the organization's policy requires passwords to expire, FreeBSD supports " "the `passwordtime` in the user's login class in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#" msgstr "" @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "*Secure mode* - the system immutable and system append-only flags may not be turned off;\n" "disks for mounted file systems, [.filename]#/dev/mem# and [.filename]#/dev/kmem# may not be opened for writing;\n" -"[.filename]#/dev/io# (if your platform has it) may not be opened at all; kernel modules (see man:kld[4]) may not be loaded or unloaded.\n" +"[.filename]#/dev/io# (if the platform has it) may not be opened at all; kernel modules (see man:kld[4]) may not be loaded or unloaded.\n" "The kernel debugger may not be entered using the debug.kdb.enter sysctl.\n" "A panic or trap cannot be forced using the debug.kdb.panic, debug.kdb.panic_str and other sysctl's.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3854,9 +3854,9 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1892 msgid "" "The man:rctl[8] system provides a more fine-grained way to set and manage " -"resource limits for individual processes and users. It allows you to " -"dynamically assign resource limits to specific processes or users, " -"regardless of their user class." +"resource limits for individual processes and users. It allows dynamically " +"assigning resource limits to specific processes or users, regardless of " +"their user class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc index 18637f7d1c..e275e26ae6 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ UNIX(R) has always had support for serial communications as the very first UNIX( Things have changed a lot from the days when the average terminal consisted of a 10-character-per-second serial printer and a keyboard. This chapter covers some of the ways serial communications can be used on FreeBSD. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system. * How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts. * How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem. * How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig, configure and install a custom kernel]. * Understand crossref:basics[basics, FreeBSD permissions and processes]. @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ Put in an entry for `tip1200` or `cu1200`, but go ahead and use whatever bps rat === Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server Rather than waiting until connected and typing `CONNECT _host_` each time, use ``tip``'s `cm` capability. -For example, these entries in [.filename]#/etc/remote# will let you type `tip pain` or `tip muffin` to connect to the hosts `pain` or `muffin`, and `tip deep13` to connect to the terminal server. +For example, these entries in [.filename]#/etc/remote# allow typing `tip pain` or `tip muffin` to connect to the hosts `pain` or `muffin`, and `tip deep13` to connect to the terminal server. [.programlisting] .... diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po index 9c5b102321..42d411b9b5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:60 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1733,8 +1733,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Rather than waiting until connected and typing `CONNECT _host_` each time, " "use ``tip``'s `cm` capability. For example, these entries in [.filename]#/" -"etc/remote# will let you type `tip pain` or `tip muffin` to connect to the " -"hosts `pain` or `muffin`, and `tip deep13` to connect to the terminal server." +"etc/remote# allow typing `tip pain` or `tip muffin` to connect to the hosts " +"`pain` or `muffin`, and `tip deep13` to connect to the terminal server." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc index 224412d35f..1ca78d5dfd 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Note that in some cases, depending on the hardware and the hosts operating syste When FreeBSD is running on the host, man:usbconfig[8] `reset` can be used. This also must be done after loading [.filename]#usb_template.ko# if the USB host was already connected to the USBOTG socket. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to set up USB Device Mode functionality on FreeBSD. * How to configure the virtual serial port on FreeBSD. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ To load the module and set the template without rebooting use: To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client port. Use `pstat -t` on the host to list the terminal lines. -Near the end of the list you should see a USB serial port, e.g. "ttyU0". +Near the end of the list a USB serial port is shown, e.g. "ttyU0". To open the connection, use: [source,shell] @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ To open the connection, use: # cu -l /dev/ttyU0 .... -After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times you will see a login prompt. +After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times a login prompt appears. === Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from macOS @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ To open the connection, use: === Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Microsoft Windows 10 To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client port. -To open a connection you will need a serial terminal program, such as PuTTY. +To open a connection a serial terminal program is needed, such as PuTTY. To check the COM port name used by Windows, run Device Manager, expand "Ports (COM & LPT)". -You will see a name similar to "USB Serial Device (COM4)". -Run serial terminal program of your choice, for example PuTTY. +A name similar to "USB Serial Device (COM4)" appears. +Run the serial terminal program of choice, for example PuTTY. In the PuTTY dialog set "Connection type" to "Serial", type the COMx obtained from Device Manager in the "Serial line" dialog box and click Open. [[usb-device-mode-network]] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po index 5f0e94b199..3cdb721604 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:79 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " "port. Use `pstat -t` on the host to list the terminal lines. Near the end " -"of the list you should see a USB serial port, e.g. \"ttyU0\". To open the " +"of the list a USB serial port is shown, e.g. \"ttyU0\". To open the " "connection, use:" msgstr "" @@ -255,8 +255,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times you will see a login prompt." +msgid "After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times a login prompt appears." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -303,10 +302,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " -"port. To open a connection you will need a serial terminal program, such as " +"port. To open a connection a serial terminal program is needed, such as " "PuTTY. To check the COM port name used by Windows, run Device Manager, " -"expand \"Ports (COM & LPT)\". You will see a name similar to \"USB Serial " -"Device (COM4)\". Run serial terminal program of your choice, for example " +"expand \"Ports (COM & LPT)\". A name similar to \"USB Serial Device " +"(COM4)\" appears. Run the serial terminal program of choice, for example " "PuTTY. In the PuTTY dialog set \"Connection type\" to \"Serial\", type the " "COMx obtained from Device Manager in the \"Serial line\" dialog box and " "click Open." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc index aa264bc80d..bd9dc39007 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ endif::[] Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for PCs often involve a host operating system which runs the virtualization software and supports any number of guest operating systems. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system. * How to install FreeBSD on the following virtualization platforms: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ After reading this chapter, you will know: ** bhyve(FreeBSD) * How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Understand the crossref:basics[basics,basics of UNIX(R) and FreeBSD]. * Know how to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall,install FreeBSD]. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ All users that need access to VirtualBox(TM) will have to be added as members of [source,shell] .... -# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername +# pw groupmod vboxusers -m username .... The default permissions for [.filename]#/dev/vboxnetctl# are restrictive and need to be changed for bridged networking: @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ For VirtualBox(TM) to be aware of USB devices attached to the machine, the user [source,shell] .... -# pw groupmod operator -m yourusername +# pw groupmod operator -m username .... Then, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules#, or create this file if it does not exist yet: @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ After a successful installation, QEMU will boot the operating system installed o [NOTE] ==== QEMU supports a ```-runas``` option. -For added security, include the option "-runas your_user_name" in the script listing above. +For added security, include the option "-runas user_name" in the script listing above. See man:qemu[1] for details. ==== @@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ image::qemu-freebsd16.png[] Reboot the system, and before FreeBSD starts up, switch to the monitor and enter `stop`. The VM will stop. -Enter `loadvm` with the tag you used above (here `original_install`). +Enter `loadvm` with the tag used above (here `original_install`). [source, shell] .... @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ Now the guest can be started from the virtual disk: [[virtualization-bhyve-linux]] === Creating a Linux(R) Guest -Linux guests can be booted either like any other regular crossref:virtualization[virtualization-bhyve-uefi,"UEFI-based guest"] virtual machine, or alternatively, you can make use of the package:sysutils/grub2-bhyve[] port. +Linux guests can be booted either like any other regular crossref:virtualization[virtualization-bhyve-uefi,"UEFI-based guest"] virtual machine, or alternatively, use the package:sysutils/grub2-bhyve[] port. To do this, first ensure that the port is installed, then create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine: @@ -1503,9 +1503,9 @@ Boot the virtual machine: -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest .... -Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you with the login prompt. +Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually presents the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. -When you are finished, reboot the virtual machine to exit bhyve. +When finished, reboot the virtual machine to exit bhyve. Destroy the virtual machine instance: [source,shell] @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ This option may support guest operating systems that are not supported by the ot To make use of the UEFI support in bhyve, first obtain the UEFI firmware images. This can be done by installing package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] port or package. -With the firmware in place, add the flags `-l bootrom,_/path/to/firmware_` to your bhyve command line. +With the firmware in place, add the flags `-l bootrom,_/path/to/firmware_` to the bhyve command line. The actual bhyve command may look like this: [source,shell] @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ The actual bhyve command may look like this: guest .... -To allow a guest to store UEFI variables, you can use a variables file appended to the `-l` flag. +To allow a guest to store UEFI variables, use a variables file appended to the `-l` flag. Note that bhyve will write guest modifications to the given variables file. Therefore, be sure to first create a per-guest-copy of the variables template file: @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ Therefore, be sure to first create a per-guest-copy of the variables template fi # cp /usr/local/share/uefi-firmware/BHYVE_UEFI_VARS.fd /path/to/vm-image/BHYVE_UEFI_VARS.fd .... -Then, add that variables file into your bhyve arguments: +Then, add that variables file to the bhyve arguments: [source,shell] .... @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ A detailed description for this process can be found on the link:https://wiki.fr [WARNING] ==== Modifying Windows installation media and running Windows guests without a TPM module are unsupported by the manufacturer. -Consider your application and use case before implementing such approaches. +Consider the application and use case before implementing such approaches. ==== [[virtualization-bhyve-zfs]] @@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ When starting the VM, specify the ZFS volume as the disk drive: -l com1,stdio -c 4 -m 1024M linuxguest .... -If you are using ZFS for the host as well as inside a guest, keep in mind the competing memory pressure of both systems caching the virtual machine's contents. +When using ZFS for the host as well as inside a guest, keep in mind the competing memory pressure of both systems caching the virtual machine's contents. To alleviate this, consider setting the host's ZFS filesystems to use metadata-only cache. To do this, apply the following settings to ZFS filesystems on the host, replacing `<name>` with the name of the specific zvol dataset name of the virtual machine. @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ To verify successful activation of the snapshot feature, enter and check if the output lists a `--suspend` flag. If the flag is missing, the feature did not activate correctly. -Then, you can snapshot and suspend a running virtual machine of your choice: +Then, snapshot and suspend a running virtual machine of choice: [source,shell] .... @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ add path 'tap10*' unhide [NOTE] ==== -If there's another devfs rule with the numeric ID 100 in your [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules# file, replace the one in the listing with another yet unused ID number. +If there's another devfs rule with the numeric ID 100 in the [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules# file, replace the one in the listing with another yet unused ID number. ==== [NOTE] @@ -1907,8 +1907,8 @@ Those rules can be expanded and varied with different guest and interface names [NOTE] ==== -If you intend to use bhyve on the host as well as in a one or more jails, remember that [.filename]#tap# and [.filename]#nmdm# interface names will operate in a shared environment. -For example, you can use [.filename]#/dev/nmdmbhyve0# only either for bhyve on the host or in a jail. +When intending to use bhyve on the host as well as in a one or more jails, remember that [.filename]#tap# and [.filename]#nmdm# interface names will operate in a shared environment. +For example, use [.filename]#/dev/nmdmbhyve0# only either for bhyve on the host or in a jail. ==== Restart devfs for the changes to be loaded: @@ -1918,8 +1918,8 @@ Restart devfs for the changes to be loaded: # service devfs restart .... -Then add a definition for your new jail into [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf# or [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf.d#. -Replace the interface number [.filename]#$if# and IP address with your personal variations. +Then add a definition for the new jail into [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf# or [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf.d#. +Replace the interface number [.filename]#$if# and IP address with personal variations. .Using NAT or routed traffic with a firewall [example] @@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ bhyve { exec.clean; - host.hostname = "your-hostname-here"; + host.hostname = "the-hostname-here"; vnet; vnet.interface = "jail${if}"; path = "/jails/${name}"; @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ bhyve { } .... -This example assumes use of a firewall like `pf` or `ipfw` to NAT your jail traffic. +This example assumes use of a firewall like `pf` or `ipfw` to NAT the jail traffic. See the crossref:firewalls[,Firewalls] chapter for more details on the available options to implement this. ==== .Using a bridged network connection @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ bhyve { exec.clean; - host.hostname = "your-hostname-here"; + host.hostname = "the-hostname-here"; vnet; vnet.interface = "jail${if}"; path = "/jails/${name}"; @@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ bhyve { [NOTE] ==== -If you previously replaced the devfs ruleset ID 100 in [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules# with your own unique number, remember to replace the numeric ID also in your [.filename]#jails.conf# too. +Having previously replaced the devfs ruleset ID 100 in [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules# with a custom unique number, remember to replace the numeric ID also in the [.filename]#jails.conf# too. ==== [[virtualization-bhyve-jailed-config]] @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ Restart and enable the jail: # service jail restart bhyve .... -Afterwards, you can create a virtual machine within the jail. +Afterwards, create a virtual machine within the jail. For a FreeBSD guest, download an installation ISO first: [source,shell] @@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ Skipping this step may cause the following error message when starting `bhyve`: `vm_open: vm-name could not be opened. No such file or directory` ==== -Finally, use your preferred way of starting the guest. +Finally, use the preferred way of starting the guest. .Starting with `vmrun.sh` and ZFS [example] @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ Using `vmrun.sh` on a UFS filesystem: .Starting bhyve for an UEFI guest with ZFS [example] ==== -If instead you want to use an UEFI guest, remember to first install the required firmware package package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] in the jail: +When wanting to use an UEFI guest, remember to first install the required firmware package package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] in the jail: [source,shell] .... @@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ Then use `bhyve` directly: bhyvevm0 .... -This will allow you to connect to your virtual machine `bhyvevm0` through VNC as well as a serial console at [.filename]#/dev/nmdbbhyve0B#. +This allows connecting to the virtual machine `bhyvevm0` through VNC as well as a serial console at [.filename]#/dev/nmdbbhyve0B#. ==== [[virtualization-bhyve-nmdm]] @@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ For security reasons, it's therefore recommended to logout before disconnecting. The number in the [.filename]#nmdm# device path must be unique for each virtual machine and must not be used by any other processes before bhyve starts. The number can be chosen arbitrarily and does not need to be taken from a consecutive sequence of numbers. The device node pair (i.e. [.filename]#/dev/nmdm0a# and [.filename]#/dev/nmdm0b#) are created dynamically when bhyve connects its console and destroyed when it shuts down. -Keep this in mind when creating scripts to start your virtual machines: you need to make sure that all virtual machines are assigned unique [.filename]#nmdm# devices. +Keep this in mind when creating scripts to start the virtual machines: make sure that all virtual machines are assigned unique [.filename]#nmdm# devices. [[virtualization-bhyve-managing]] === Managing Virtual Machines @@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ In order to configure the system to start bhyve guests at boot time, some config [.procedure] . [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# + -When using [.filename]#tap# interfaces as network backend, you either need to manually set each used [.filename]#tap# interface to UP or simply set the following sysctl: +When using [.filename]#tap# interfaces as network backend, either manually set each used [.filename]#tap# interface to UP or simply set the following sysctl: + [.programlisting] .... @@ -2234,9 +2234,9 @@ net.link.tap.up_on_open=1 . [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# + -To connect your virtual machine's [.filename]#tap# device to the network via a [.filename]#bridge#, you need to persist the device settings in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. -Additionally, you can load the necessary kernel modules `vmm` for bhyve and `nmdm` for [.filename]#nmdm# devices through the `kld_list` configuration variable. -When configuring `ifconfig_bridge0`, make sure to replace `<ipaddr>/<netmask>` with the actual IP address of your physical interface ([.filename]#igb0# in this example) and remove IP settings from your physical device. +To connect the virtual machine's [.filename]#tap# device to the network via a [.filename]#bridge#, persisting the device settings in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# is needed. +Additionally, load the necessary kernel modules `vmm` for bhyve and `nmdm` for [.filename]#nmdm# devices through the `kld_list` configuration variable. +When configuring `ifconfig_bridge0`, make sure to replace `<ipaddr>/<netmask>` with the actual IP address of the physical interface ([.filename]#igb0# in this example) and remove IP settings from the physical device. + [source,shell] .... @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ When configuring `ifconfig_bridge0`, make sure to replace `<ipaddr>/<netmask>` w .Setting the IP for a bridge device [example] ==== -For a host with an _igb0_ interface connected to the network with IP `10.10.10.1` and netmask `255.255.255.0`, you would use the following commands: +For a host with an _igb0_ interface connected to the network with IP `10.10.10.1` and netmask `255.255.255.0`, use the following commands: [source,shell] .... @@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ For a host with an _igb0_ interface connected to the network with IP `10.10.10.1 [WARNING] ==== -Modifying the IP address configuration of a system may lock you out if you are executing these commands while you are connected remotely (i.e. via SSH)! +Modifying the IP address configuration of a system may terminate the current remote connection (e.g., via SSH), causing a lock out. Take precautions to maintain system access or make those modifications while logged in on a local terminal session. ==== @@ -2509,9 +2509,9 @@ This section contains basic information in order to help troubleshoot issues fou ==== Host Boot Troubleshooting Please note that the following troubleshooting tips are intended for Xen(TM) 4.11 or newer. -If you are still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues, consider migrating to a newer version of Xen(TM). +When still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues, consider migrating to a newer version of Xen(TM). -In order to troubleshoot host boot issues, you will likely need a serial cable, or a debug USB cable. +In order to troubleshoot host boot issues, a serial cable or a debug USB cable is needed. Verbose Xen(TM) boot output can be obtained by adding options to the `xen_cmdline` option found in [.filename]#loader.conf#. A couple of relevant debug options are: @@ -2555,6 +2555,6 @@ libxl: debug: libxl_dom.c:988:libxl__load_hvm_firmware_module: Loading BIOS: /us .... If the verbose output does not help diagnose the issue, there are also QEMU and Xen(TM) toolstack logs in [.filename]#/var/log/xen#. -Note that the name of the domain is appended to the log name, so if the domain is named `freebsd` you should find a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/xl-freebsd.log# and likely a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/qemu-dm-freebsd.log#. +Note that the name of the domain is appended to the log name, so if the domain is named `freebsd` find a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/xl-freebsd.log# and likely a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/qemu-dm-freebsd.log#. Both log files can contain useful information for debugging. -If none of this helps solve the issue, please send the description of the issue you are facing and as much information as possible to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org] and mailto:xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org[xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org] in order to get help. +If none of this helps solve the issue, please send the description of the issue and as much information as possible to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org] and mailto:xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org[xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org] to get help. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po index 79b0e3c5f5..cc9b434767 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:59 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername\n" +msgid "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod operator -m yourusername\n" +msgid "# pw groupmod operator -m username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "QEMU supports a ```-runas``` option. For added security, include the option " -"\"-runas your_user_name\" in the script listing above. See man:qemu[1] for " +"\"-runas user_name\" in the script listing above. See man:qemu[1] for " "details." msgstr "" @@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1174 -msgid "Enter `loadvm` with the tag you used above (here `original_install`)." +msgid "Enter `loadvm` with the tag used above (here `original_install`)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3077,8 +3077,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Linux guests can be booted either like any other regular " "crossref:virtualization[virtualization-bhyve-uefi,\"UEFI-based guest\"] " -"virtual machine, or alternatively, you can make use of the package:sysutils/" -"grub2-bhyve[] port." +"virtual machine, or alternatively, use the package:sysutils/grub2-bhyve[] " +"port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3230,10 +3230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1510 msgid "" -"Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you " -"with the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When you are " -"finished, reboot the virtual machine to exit bhyve. Destroy the virtual " -"machine instance:" +"Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually presents the " +"login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When finished, reboot the " +"virtual machine to exit bhyve. Destroy the virtual machine instance:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -3262,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1527 msgid "" "With the firmware in place, add the flags `-l bootrom,_/path/to/firmware_` " -"to your bhyve command line. The actual bhyve command may look like this:" +"to the bhyve command line. The actual bhyve command may look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3279,10 +3278,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" -"To allow a guest to store UEFI variables, you can use a variables file " -"appended to the `-l` flag. Note that bhyve will write guest modifications " -"to the given variables file. Therefore, be sure to first create a per-guest-" -"copy of the variables template file:" +"To allow a guest to store UEFI variables, use a variables file appended to " +"the `-l` flag. Note that bhyve will write guest modifications to the given " +"variables file. Therefore, be sure to first create a per-guest-copy of the " +"variables template file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3293,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1547 -msgid "Then, add that variables file into your bhyve arguments:" +msgid "Then, add that variables file to the bhyve arguments:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3478,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1645 msgid "" "Modifying Windows installation media and running Windows guests without a " -"TPM module are unsupported by the manufacturer. Consider your application " +"TPM module are unsupported by the manufacturer. Consider the application " "and use case before implementing such approaches." msgstr "" @@ -3519,8 +3518,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1670 msgid "" -"If you are using ZFS for the host as well as inside a guest, keep in mind " -"the competing memory pressure of both systems caching the virtual machine's " +"When using ZFS for the host as well as inside a guest, keep in mind the " +"competing memory pressure of both systems caching the virtual machine's " "contents. To alleviate this, consider setting the host's ZFS filesystems to " "use metadata-only cache. To do this, apply the following settings to ZFS " "filesystems on the host, replacing `<name>` with the name of the specific " @@ -3715,8 +3714,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1766 -msgid "" -"Then, you can snapshot and suspend a running virtual machine of your choice:" +msgid "Then, snapshot and suspend a running virtual machine of choice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -3915,7 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1881 msgid "" -"If there's another devfs rule with the numeric ID 100 in your [.filename]#/" +"If there's another devfs rule with the numeric ID 100 in the [.filename]#/" "etc/devfs.rules# file, replace the one in the listing with another yet " "unused ID number." msgstr "" @@ -3982,9 +3980,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1912 msgid "" -"If you intend to use bhyve on the host as well as in a one or more jails, " +"When intending to use bhyve on the host as well as in a one or more jails, " "remember that [.filename]#tap# and [.filename]#nmdm# interface names will " -"operate in a shared environment. For example, you can use [.filename]#/dev/" +"operate in a shared environment. For example, use [.filename]#/dev/" "nmdmbhyve0# only either for bhyve on the host or in a jail." msgstr "" @@ -3996,9 +3994,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1923 msgid "" -"Then add a definition for your new jail into [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf# or " +"Then add a definition for the new jail into [.filename]#/etc/jail.conf# or " "[.filename]#/etc/jail.conf.d#. Replace the interface number " -"[.filename]#$if# and IP address with your personal variations." +"[.filename]#$if# and IP address with personal variations." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -4033,9 +4031,9 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1985 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" host.hostname = \"your-hostname-here\";\n" +" host.hostname = \"the-hostname-here\";\n" " vnet;\n" -" vnet.interface = \"em${if}\";\n" +" vnet.interface = \"jail${if}\";\n" " path = \"/jails/${name}\";\n" " persist;\n" " securelevel = 3;\n" @@ -4071,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1960 msgid "" -"This example assumes use of a firewall like `pf` or `ipfw` to NAT your jail " +"This example assumes use of a firewall like `pf` or `ipfw` to NAT the jail " "traffic. See the crossref:firewalls[,Firewalls] chapter for more details on " "the available options to implement this." msgstr "" @@ -4099,9 +4097,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1999 msgid "" -"If you previously replaced the devfs ruleset ID 100 in [.filename]#/etc/" -"devfs.rules# with your own unique number, remember to replace the numeric ID " -"also in your [.filename]#jails.conf# too." +"Having previously replaced the devfs ruleset ID 100 in [.filename]#/etc/" +"devfs.rules# with a custom unique number, remember to replace the numeric ID " +"also in the [.filename]#jails.conf# too." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== @@ -4147,8 +4145,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2028 msgid "" -"Afterwards, you can create a virtual machine within the jail. For a FreeBSD " -"guest, download an installation ISO first:" +"Afterwards, create a virtual machine within the jail. For a FreeBSD guest, " +"download an installation ISO first:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4194,7 +4192,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2056 -msgid "Finally, use your preferred way of starting the guest." +msgid "Finally, use the preferred way of starting the guest." msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -4214,7 +4212,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "# jexec bhyve\n" "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 1 -m 1024M \\\n" -" -t tap100 -d /dev/zvols/zroot/vms/bhyvevm0 -i -I /vms/FreeBSD-14.0-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso bhyvevm0\n" +" -t tap100 -d /dev/zvol/zroot/vms/bhyvevm0 -i -I /vms/FreeBSD-14.0-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso bhyvevm0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title @@ -4246,8 +4244,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2087 msgid "" -"If instead you want to use an UEFI guest, remember to first install the " -"required firmware package package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] in the jail:" +"When wanting to use an UEFI guest, remember to first install the required " +"firmware package package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] in the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4280,8 +4278,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2110 msgid "" -"This will allow you to connect to your virtual machine `bhyvevm0` through " -"VNC as well as a serial console at [.filename]#/dev/nmdbbhyve0B#." +"This allows connecting to the virtual machine `bhyvevm0` through VNC as well " +"as a serial console at [.filename]#/dev/nmdbbhyve0B#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -4347,9 +4345,9 @@ msgid "" "from a consecutive sequence of numbers. The device node pair (i.e. " "[.filename]#/dev/nmdm0a# and [.filename]#/dev/nmdm0b#) are created " "dynamically when bhyve connects its console and destroyed when it shuts " -"down. Keep this in mind when creating scripts to start your virtual " -"machines: you need to make sure that all virtual machines are assigned " -"unique [.filename]#nmdm# devices." +"down. Keep this in mind when creating scripts to start the virtual " +"machines: make sure that all virtual machines are assigned unique " +"[.filename]#nmdm# devices." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -4460,6 +4458,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2190 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2210 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2215 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD-2" @@ -4527,7 +4526,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2210 #, no-wrap msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -4601,9 +4599,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "" -"When using [.filename]#tap# interfaces as network backend, you either need " -"to manually set each used [.filename]#tap# interface to UP or simply set the " -"following sysctl:" +"When using [.filename]#tap# interfaces as network backend, either manually " +"set each used [.filename]#tap# interface to UP or simply set the following " +"sysctl:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4620,14 +4618,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2240 msgid "" -"To connect your virtual machine's [.filename]#tap# device to the network via " -"a [.filename]#bridge#, you need to persist the device settings in " -"[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Additionally, you can load the necessary kernel " -"modules `vmm` for bhyve and `nmdm` for [.filename]#nmdm# devices through the " -"`kld_list` configuration variable. When configuring `ifconfig_bridge0`, " -"make sure to replace `<ipaddr>/<netmask>` with the actual IP address of your " -"physical interface ([.filename]#igb0# in this example) and remove IP " -"settings from your physical device." +"To connect the virtual machine's [.filename]#tap# device to the network via " +"a [.filename]#bridge#, persisting the device settings in [.filename]#/etc/" +"rc.conf# is needed. Additionally, load the necessary kernel modules `vmm` " +"for bhyve and `nmdm` for [.filename]#nmdm# devices through the `kld_list` " +"configuration variable. When configuring `ifconfig_bridge0`, make sure to " +"replace `<ipaddr>/<netmask>` with the actual IP address of the physical " +"interface ([.filename]#igb0# in this example) and remove IP settings from " +"the physical device." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4650,8 +4648,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2254 msgid "" "For a host with an _igb0_ interface connected to the network with IP " -"`10.10.10.1` and netmask `255.255.255.0`, you would use the following " -"commands:" +"`10.10.10.1` and netmask `255.255.255.0`, use the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -4667,10 +4664,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "" -"Modifying the IP address configuration of a system may lock you out if you " -"are executing these commands while you are connected remotely (i.e. via " -"SSH)! Take precautions to maintain system access or make those modifications " -"while logged in on a local terminal session." +"Modifying the IP address configuration of a system may terminate the current " +"remote connection (e.g., via SSH), causing a lock out. Take precautions to " +"maintain system access or make those modifications while logged in on a " +"local terminal session." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -5158,17 +5155,17 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2513 msgid "" "Please note that the following troubleshooting tips are intended for Xen(TM) " -"4.11 or newer. If you are still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues, " -"consider migrating to a newer version of Xen(TM)." +"4.11 or newer. When still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues, consider " +"migrating to a newer version of Xen(TM)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "" -"In order to troubleshoot host boot issues, you will likely need a serial " -"cable, or a debug USB cable. Verbose Xen(TM) boot output can be obtained by " -"adding options to the `xen_cmdline` option found in " -"[.filename]#loader.conf#. A couple of relevant debug options are:" +"In order to troubleshoot host boot issues, a serial cable or a debug USB " +"cable is needed. Verbose Xen(TM) boot output can be obtained by adding " +"options to the `xen_cmdline` option found in [.filename]#loader.conf#. A " +"couple of relevant debug options are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5263,11 +5260,10 @@ msgid "" "If the verbose output does not help diagnose the issue, there are also QEMU " "and Xen(TM) toolstack logs in [.filename]#/var/log/xen#. Note that the name " "of the domain is appended to the log name, so if the domain is named " -"`freebsd` you should find a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/xl-freebsd.log# and " -"likely a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/qemu-dm-freebsd.log#. Both log files can " -"contain useful information for debugging. If none of this helps solve the " -"issue, please send the description of the issue you are facing and as much " -"information as possible to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-" -"xen@FreeBSD.org] and mailto:xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org[xen-" -"devel@lists.xenproject.org] in order to get help." +"`freebsd` find a [.filename]#/var/log/xen/xl-freebsd.log# and likely a " +"[.filename]#/var/log/xen/qemu-dm-freebsd.log#. Both log files can contain " +"useful information for debugging. If none of this helps solve the issue, " +"please send the description of the issue and as much information as possible " +"to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org] and mailto:xen-" +"devel@lists.xenproject.org[xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org] to get help." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc index aa402971ff..4d57d605c7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ endif::[] An installation of FreeBSD using bsdinstall does not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to select, install, and configure a Wayland compositor, which provides a graphical environment. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to install crossref:ports[ports,additional third-party software]. -* How to identify and configure crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-drivers,drivers for your graphics hardware]. +* Know how to identify and configure crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-drivers,drivers for the graphics hardware]. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: * How to configure FreeBSD to host a Wayland graphical environment. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ The Sway compositor is a tiling compositor that attempts to replace the i3 windo It should work with the user's current i3 configuration; however, new features may require some additional setup. Before starting the Sway installation, ensure that a graphics card (GPU) is installed and configured correctly. -Refer to the section crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-drivers,drivers for your graphics hardware] for guidance. +Refer to the section crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-drivers,drivers for the graphics hardware] for guidance. This step is essential for the Sway compositor to function properly. In the forthcoming examples, a fresh installation without migrating any i3 configuration will be assumed. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Several important changes should be made like the following: # Logo key. Use Mod1 for Alt. input * xkb_rules evdev set $mod Mod4 -# Your preferred terminal emulator +# The preferred terminal emulator set $term alacritty set $lock swaylock -f -c 000000 output "My Workstation" mode 1366x768@60Hz position 1366 0 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.po index cd578b4ea3..e2b2c39c6b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:59 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" -"How to identify and configure crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-drivers,drivers " -"for your graphics hardware]." +"Know how to identify and configure crossref:x11[x-graphic-card-" +"drivers,drivers for the graphics hardware]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:65 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,19 +105,19 @@ msgid "Wayland Overview" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" -"Wayland is a new display server, but it differs from Xorg in several " -"important ways. First, Wayland is only a protocol that acts as an " -"intermediary between clients using a different mechanism which removes the " -"dependency on an X server. Xorg includes both the X11 protocol, used to run " -"remote displays and the X server will accept connections and display " -"windows. Under Wayland, the compositor or window manager provides the " -"display server instead of a traditional X server." +"Wayland is a communication protocol that can replace a display server such " +"as Xorg. It differs from Xorg in several important ways. First, Wayland is " +"only a protocol that acts as an intermediary between clients using a " +"mechanism which removes the dependency on an X server. Xorg includes both " +"the X11 protocol, used to run remote displays, and the X server, used to " +"accept connections and display windows. Under Wayland, the compositor or " +"window manager provides the display server instead of a traditional X server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Since Wayland is not an X server, traditional X screen connections will need " "to utilize other methods such as VNC or RDP for remote desktop management. " @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Wayland is relatively new, and not all software has been updated to run " "natively without `Xwayland` support. Because Wayland does not provide the X " @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "The current NVIDIA(R) driver should work with most wlroots compositors, but " "it may be a little unstable and not support all features at this time. " @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Currently, a lot of software will function with minimal issues on Wayland, " "including Firefox. And a few desktops are also available, such as the " @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "As of May, 2021, plasma5-kwin does support Wayland on FreeBSD. To use " "Plasma under Wayland, use the `startplasma-wayland` parameter to `ck-launch-" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "For compositors, a kernel supporting the man:evdev[4] driver must exist to " "utilize the keybinding functionality. This is built into the " @@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "pw groupmod video -m user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "Installing Wayland is simple; there is not a great deal of configuration for " "the protocol itself. Most of the composition will depend on the chosen " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "All of the compositors described here should work with package:graphics/drm-" "kmod[] open source drivers; however, the NVIDIA(R) graphics cards may have " @@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayland seatd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Once the protocol and supporting packages have been installed, a compositor " "must create the user interface. Several compositors will be covered in the " @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "% export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/var/run/user/`id -u`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "It is important to note that most compositors will search the " "XDG_RUNTIME_DIR directory for the configuration files. In the examples " @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "It has been reported that ZFS users may experience issues with some Wayland " "clients because they need access to `posix_fallocate()` in the runtime " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "The seatd daemon helps manage access to shared system devices for non-root " "users in compositors; this includes graphics cards. For traditional X11 " @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc seatd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "Afterward, a compositor, which is similar to an X11 desktop, will need to be " "installed for the GUI environment. Three are discussed here, including " @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "The Wayfire Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Wayfire is a compositor that aims to be lightweight and customizable. " "Several features are available, and it brings back several elements from the " @@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayfire wf-shell alacritty swaylock-effects swayidle wlogout kanshi mako wlsunset\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "The `alacritty` package provides a terminal emulator. Still, it is not " "completely required as other terminal emulators such as `kitty`, and XFCE-4 " @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/wayfire\n" @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "The defaults for most users should be fine. Within the configuration file, " "items like the famous `cube` are pre-configured, and there are instructions " @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[output]\n" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "In this example, from the configuration file, the screen's output should be " "the listed mode at the listed hertz. For example, the mode should be set to " @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "As mentioned, Wayland is new, and not all applications work with the " "protocol yet. At this time, `sddm` does not appear to support starting and " @@ -361,25 +361,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "This option to define the action to take when the system is idle is listed " "as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "idle = swaylock\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:220 msgid "And the lock timeout is configured using the following lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[idle]\n" @@ -389,14 +389,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "The first option will lock the screen after 300 seconds, and after another " "300, the screen will shut off through the `dpms_timeout` option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "One final thing to note is the <super> key. Most of the configuration " "mentions this key, and it is the traditional `Windows` key on the keyboard. " @@ -412,13 +412,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "% swaylock --effect-blur 7x5\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "There is also the `--clock` parameter which will display a clock with the " "date and time on the lock screen. When package:x11/swaylock-effects[] was " @@ -429,20 +429,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "At this point, it is time to test Wayfire and see if it can start up on the " "system. Just type the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "% wayfire -c ~/.config/wayfire/wayfire.ini\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "The compositor should now start and display a background image along with a " "menu bar at the top of the screen. Wayfire will attempt to list installed " @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "% wcm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "Various Wayfire configuration options, including the composite special " "effects, maybe enabled, disabled, or configured through this application. " @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "panel = wf-panel\n" @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Changes made through `wcm` will overwrite custom changes in the " "[.filename]#wayfire.ini# configuration file. The [.filename]#wayfire.ini# " @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "Finally, the default launcher listed in the [.filename]#wayfire.ini# is " "package:x11/wf-shell[] which may be replaced with other panels if desired by " @@ -498,13 +498,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "The Hikari Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "The Hikari compositor uses several concepts centered around productivity, " "such as sheets, workspaces, and more. In that way, it resembles a tiling " @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install hikari alacritty\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "Other shells, such as `kitty` or the Plasma `Terminal`, will function under " "Wayland. Users should experiment with their favorite terminal editor to " @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "Hikari uses a configuration file, [.filename]#hikari.conf#, which could " "either be placed in the XDG_RUNTIME_DIR or specified on startup using the `-" @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/hikari\n" @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "The configuration is broken out into various stanzas such as ui, outputs, " "layouts, and more. For most users, the defaults will function fine; " @@ -566,13 +566,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "terminal = \"/usr/local/bin/alacritty\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Will launch the `alacritty` terminal using the bound key press. While going " "through the configuration file, it should be noted that the capital letters " @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "actions {\n" @@ -596,14 +596,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "Then an action may be mapped under the keyboard stanza, which is defined " "within the bindings stanza:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bindings {\n" @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "After Hikari is restarted, holding the Windows logo button and pressing the " "kbd:[b] key on the keyboard will start the web browser. The compositor does " @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Locking the screen in Hikari is easy because a default [.filename]#pam.d# " "configuration file and unlock utility are bundled with the package. The key " @@ -641,19 +641,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "% hikari -c ~/.config/hikari/hikari.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "The Sway Compositor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "The Sway compositor is a tiling compositor that attempts to replace the i3 " "windows manager. It should work with the user's current i3 configuration; " @@ -661,16 +661,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "Before starting the Sway installation, ensure that a graphics card (GPU) is " "installed and configured correctly. Refer to the section crossref:x11[x-" -"graphic-card-drivers,drivers for your graphics hardware] for guidance. This " +"graphic-card-drivers,drivers for the graphics hardware] for guidance. This " "step is essential for the Sway compositor to function properly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "In the forthcoming examples, a fresh installation without migrating any i3 " "configuration will be assumed. To install Sway and valuable components, " @@ -678,20 +678,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sway swayidle swaylock-effects alacritty dmenu-wayland dmenu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "For a basic configuration file, issue the following commands and then edit " "the configuration file after it is copied:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/sway\n" @@ -699,20 +699,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "The base configuration file has many defaults, which will be fine for most " "users. Several important changes should be made like the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Logo key. Use Mod1 for Alt.\n" "input * xkb_rules evdev\n" "set $mod Mod4\n" -"# Your preferred terminal emulator\n" +"# The preferred terminal emulator\n" "set $term alacritty\n" "set $lock swaylock -f -c 000000\n" "output \"My Workstation\" mode 1366x768@60Hz position 1366 0\n" @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "In the previous example, the `xkb` rules for man:evdev[4] events are loaded, " "and the $mod key is set to the Windows logo key for the key bindings. Next, " @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "While in Sway, to bring up a menu of applications, hold the Windows logo key " "(mod) and press the kbd:[d] key. The menu may be navigated using the arrow " @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Lock the screen manually\n" @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "Now the screen may be locked using the combination of holding the Windows " "logo key, pressing and holding shift, and finally pressing return. When " @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Finally, to exit Sway and return to the shell, hold the Windows logo key, " "the shift key, and press the kbd:[e] key. A prompt will be displayed with " @@ -787,19 +787,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "% sway -c ~/.config/sway/config\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Xwayland" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "When installing Wayland, the `Xwayland` binary should have been installed " "unless Wayland was built without X11 support. If the [.filename]#/usr/local/" @@ -807,13 +807,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xwayland\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "The development version of Xwayland is recommended and was most likely " "installed with the Wayland package. Each compositor has a method of " @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "Once `Xwayland` has been installed, configure it within the chosen " "compositor. For Wayfire, the following line is required in the " @@ -829,13 +829,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "xwayland = true\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "For the Sway compositor, `Xwayland` should be enabled by default. Even so, " "it is recommended to manually add a configuration line in the " @@ -843,13 +843,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 5 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "xwayland enable\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Finally, for Hikari, no changes are needed. Support for `Xwayland` is build " "in by default. To disable that support, rebuild the package from the ports " @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "After these changes are made, start the compositor at the command line and " "execute a terminal from the key bindings. Within this terminal, issue the " @@ -867,14 +867,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:500 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "% env | grep DISPLAY\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1\n" @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "In this output, there is a default Wayland display and a display set for the " "Xwayland server. Another method to verify that `Xwayland` is functioning " @@ -894,13 +894,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "Error: Cannot open display wayland-0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "A security feature of Wayland is that, without running an X server, there is " "not another network listener. Once `Xwayland` is enabled, this security " @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "For some compositors, such as Wayfire, `Xwayland` may not start properly. " "As such, `env` will show the following information for the `DISPLAY` " @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DISPLAY=wayland-1\n" @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "Even though `Xwayfire` was installed and configured, X11 applications will " "not start giving a display issue. To work around this, verify that there is " @@ -933,18 +933,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "% sockstat | grep x11\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:549 msgid "There should be something similar to the following information:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes Xwayland 2734 8 stream /tmp/.X11-unix/X0\n" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "This suggests the existence of an X11 socket. This can be further verified " "by attempting to execute `Xwayland` manually within a terminal emulator " @@ -963,20 +963,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "% Xwayland\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "If an X11 socket is already available, the following error should be " "presented to the user:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(EE)\n" @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "Since there is an active X display available using display zero, the " "environment variable was just set improperly, to fix this, change the " @@ -998,26 +998,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "export DISPLAY=:0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "After this change, the package:mail/claws-mail[] application should now " "start using `Xwayland` and function as expected." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Desktop Using VNC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "Earlier in this document it was noted that Wayland does not provide the same " "X server style access as Xorg provides. Instead, users are free to pick and " @@ -1028,13 +1028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install wayvnc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Unlike some other packages, `wayvnc` does not come with a configuration " "file. Thankfully, the manual page documents the important options and they " @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "address=0.0.0.0\n" @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "The key files will need to be generated, and it is highly recommended they " "be used for increased security of the connection. When invoked, wayvnc will " @@ -1065,13 +1065,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "% wayvnc -C ~/.config/wayvnc/config\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "At the time of this writing, there is no rc.d script to start `wayvnc` on " "system initialization. If that functionality is desired, a local startup " @@ -1080,13 +1080,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "Wayland Login Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "While several login managers exist and are slowly migrating to Wayland, one " "option is the package:x11/ly[] text user interface (TUI) manager. Needing " @@ -1096,20 +1096,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install ly\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "There will be some configuration hints presented, the import steps are to " "add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Ly:\\\n" @@ -1118,20 +1118,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "And then modify the ttyv1 line in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# to match the " "following line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:657 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyv1 \"/usr/libexec/getty Ly\" xterm onifexists secure\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "After a system reboot, a login should appear. To configure specific " "settings, such as language and edit [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ly/" @@ -1140,27 +1140,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "If setting ttyv0 up as the login terminal, it may be required to press the " "kbd:[alt] and kbd:[F1] keys to properly see the login window." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "When the login window appears, using the left and right arrows will swap " "through different, supported, window managers." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "One useful Wayland utility which all compositors can make use of is the " "waybar. While Wayfire does come with a launch menu, an easy-to-use and fast " @@ -1171,20 +1171,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install pavucontrol waybar\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "To create the configuration directory and copy over a default configuration " "file, execute the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/.config/waybar\n" @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "The `lavalauncher` utility provides a launch bar for various applications. " "There is no example configuration file provided with the package, so the " @@ -1200,20 +1200,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "mkdir ~/.config/lavalauncher\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "An example configuration file that only includes Firefox, and is placed on " "the right, is below:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "" "global-settings {\n" @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bar {\n" @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t# Condition for the default configuration set.\n" @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tconfig {\n" @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wayland/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tbutton {\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc index 4b6ed02cdf..5c67d0b36d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ By default, a brand new WINE installation will create the following structure wh * [.filename]#drive_c/#: emulates the main (i.e., [.filename]#C:#) drive of a Windows(R) system. It contains a directory structure and associated files mirroring that of standard Windows(R) systems. A fresh WINE prefix will contain Windows(R) 10 directories such as _Users_ and _Windows_ that holds the OS itself. Furthermore, applications installed within a prefix will be located in either _Program Files_ or _Program Files (x86)_, depending on their architecture. * [.filename]#system.reg#: This Registry file contains information on the Windows(R) installation, which in the case of WINE is the environment in [.filename]#drive_c#. -* [.filename]#user.reg#: This Registry file contains the current user's personal configurations, made either by varous software or through the use of the Registry Editor. +* [.filename]#user.reg#: This Registry file contains the current user's personal configurations, made either by various software or through the use of the Registry Editor. * [.filename]#userdef.reg#: This Registry file is a default set of configurations for newly-created users. [[creating-and-using-wine-prefixes]] diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po index 6aea1a3247..ebaafad0b2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "[.filename]#user.reg#: This Registry file contains the current user's " -"personal configurations, made either by varous software or through the use " +"personal configurations, made either by various software or through the use " "of the Registry Editor." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc index 0cefe7bbcd..d2bc18567f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc @@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ This chapter describes how to install and configure the man:Xorg[1] server, which provides the open source X Window System (colloquially X11) used to provide a graphical environment. -Before reading this chapter, you should: +Before reading this chapter: * Know how to install additional third-party software as described in crossref:ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]. -After reading this chapter, you will know: +Read this chapter to learn: -* How to select and install drivers for your graphics processor (GPU). +* How to select and install drivers for the graphics processor (GPU). * The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate. * How to install and configure the X.org server. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and how they interoperate. [[x-graphic-card-drivers]] == Graphics Drivers -_**abstract**: Identify your GPU, the port providing a driver for it, +_**abstract**: Identify the GPU, the port providing a driver for it, install it, then enable it to run at subsequent boot with man:sysrc[8]._ Before FreeBSD can render a graphical environment, @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ To enable the driver, add the module to # sysrc kld_list+=nvidia-drm .... -This is the direct rendering crossref:glossary[glossary-kms,KMS] driver. +This is the direct rendering crossref:glossary[kms-glossary,KMS] driver. Kernel modesetting is the option to set the graphics mode in the kernel. Enable it for subsequent boots with the following man:loader.conf[5] @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Some applications require these additional components to function. [[x-config]] == X.org Configuration -_**abstract**: If the defaults for your monitor or input devices, +_**abstract**: If the defaults for the monitor or input devices, are not satisfactory, crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktops] include GUIs for configuring them, or they can be configured manually._ @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ The drivers will automatically offload intensive tasks to the dGPU when required, and power it down when able. To launch applications on the more powerful GPU in PRIME, -use the `DRI_PRIME=1` enviroment variable. +use the `DRI_PRIME=1` environment variable. If multiple graphics drivers are conflicting, the driver for the graphics processor can be specified in the @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ library, a cross-platform effort to support all touch, pointing, and keyboard devices under a unified library. Unless specified otherwise, this is loaded automatically. -Individual device settings for man:libinput[4] can be tuned in your +Individual device settings for man:libinput[4] can be tuned in the crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop's] GUI, or manually with package:x11/xinput[xinput] and package:x11/setxkbmap[setxkbmap]. Alternatively, there are older, lightweight, individual drivers for -specific input devices available in the package:x11-drivers[] catagory +specific input devices available in the package:x11-drivers[] category named x11/xf86-input-[foo]. This approach requires manual configuration of the X.org server. Both are described in this subsection. @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Both are described in this subsection. ==== Using Atomic Input Configuration Devices supported by man:libinput[4] can be configured -with graphical utilities included with your +with graphical utilities included with the crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop] of choice, or manually and atomically at runtime with package:x11/xinput[] and package:x11/setxkbmap[]. @@ -751,9 +751,9 @@ All settings supported by these devices are provided as properties, which can be listed and set atomically. Pointing devices have many configurable properties, keyboards usually need none. -To customize your keyboard, take a look at man:setxkbmap[1]. +To customize the keyboard, take a look at man:setxkbmap[1]. -Once satisfied with your configuration, simply add the lines to your +Once satisfied with the configuration, simply add the lines to the X initialization script such as [.filename]#~/.Xsession# or [.filename]#~/.xinitrc#. [[x-config-input-file]] @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ These are both vector or outline fonts, there are also bitmap fonts. The FreeBSD Ports Collection includes a wide and growing catalog of free, high quality fonts available for installation -in the package:x11-fonts[] catagory. +in the package:x11-fonts[] category. System-wide font packages installed from the ports collection live in `[.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/#`. diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po index d1dee6450e..9cc544e5d3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-06-29 21:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "This chapter describes how to install and configure Xorg on FreeBSD, which provides the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment" +msgid "This chapter describes how to install and configure the X Window System providing a graphical environment" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: part @@ -47,643 +47,846 @@ msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" -"An installation of FreeBSD using bsdinstall does not automatically install a " -"graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and " -"configure Xorg, which provides the open source X Window System used to " -"provide a graphical environment. It then describes how to find and install " -"a desktop environment or window manager." +"An crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-synopsis,installation] of FreeBSD using " +"man:bsdinstall[8] does not automatically install a graphical user " +"interface. This chapter describes how to install and configure the " +"man:Xorg[1] server, which provides the open source X Window System " +"(colloquially X11) used to provide a graphical environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:60 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:63 +msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software as described in " "crossref:ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:68 +msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "How to install and configure Xorg." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:70 +msgid "How to select and install drivers for the graphics processor (GPU)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:68 -msgid "How to use TrueType(R) fonts in Xorg." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:72 +msgid "" +"The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (XDM)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Installing Xorg" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:73 +msgid "How to install and configure the X.org server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:74 -msgid "On FreeBSD, Xorg can be installed as a package or port." +msgid "How to install fonts for the X Window System." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title == #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"The binary meta package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for " -"customization:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install xorg\n" +msgid "Graphics Drivers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" -"Either of these installations results in the complete Xorg system being " -"installed." +"_**abstract**: Identify the GPU, the port providing a driver for it, install " +"it, then enable it to run at subsequent boot with man:sysrc[8]._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" -"The current user must be a member of the `video` group. To add a user to " -"`video` group, execute the following command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod video -m username\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is " -"available in package:x11/xorg-minimal[]. Most of the documents, libraries, " -"and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these " -"additional components to function." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " -"not require any manual configuration. Do not create `xorg.conf` or run a `-" -"configure` step unless automatic configuration fails." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:106 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Graphic card drivers" +"Before FreeBSD can render a graphical environment, it needs a kernel module " +"to drive the graphics processor. Graphics drivers are a fast-moving, cross-" +"platform target, which is why this is developed and distributed separately " +"from the FreeBSD base system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" -"The following table shows the different graphics cards supported by FreeBSD, " -"which package should be installed and its corresponding module." +"The following table shows the different graphics processors supported by " +"FreeBSD, their corresponding module, and which port provides it:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap -msgid "Graphic card packages" +msgid "Supported Graphics Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap -msgid "Brand" +msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap -msgid "Type" +msgid "License" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:113 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap -msgid "Package" +msgid "Module" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap -msgid "Module" +msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:116 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:191 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:117 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:122 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:132 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:137 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:142 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "Open Source" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:118 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap -msgid "drm-kmod" +msgid "`i915kms`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap -msgid "`i915kms`" +msgid "package:graphics/drm-kmod[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:121 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:212 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "AMD(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap -msgid "`amdgpu` and `radeonkms`" +msgid "`amdgpu` or `radeonkms`" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:126 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:240 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "NVIDIA(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap -msgid "nvidia-driver" +msgid "`nvidia-drm`, `nvidia-modeset`, or `nvidia`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap -msgid "`nvidia` or `nvidia-modeset`" +msgid "" +"package:graphics/nvidia-drm-kmod[] or +\n" +"package:x11/nvidia-driver[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap -msgid "VESA" +msgid "System Console Framebuffer" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap -msgid "xf86-video-vesa" +msgid "`scfb`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap -msgid "vesa" +msgid "package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap -msgid "SCFB" +msgid "VESA BIOS Extension" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap -msgid "xf86-video-scfb" +msgid "`vesa`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap -msgid "scfb" +msgid "package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "VirtualBox(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap -msgid "virtualbox-ose-additions" +msgid "`vboxvideo`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap -msgid "VirtualBox(R) OSE additions include the `vboxvideo` driver." +msgid "package:emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "VMware(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap -msgid "xf86-video-vmware" +msgid "`vmwgfx`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap -msgid "vmwgfx" +msgid "package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-vmware[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:134 +msgid "There are several generations of driver technologies supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:138 +msgid "" +"Direct Rendering drivers allowing PRIME offloading. PRIME allows for " +"multiple providers of graphics processing to coexist. PRIME is described " +"further in <<x-config-gpu>>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:143 +msgid "" +"Kernel Modesetting (crossref:glossary[kms-glossary,KMS]) This allows the " +"driver to directly specify the display mode. This is required to support " +"suspend and resume when using the man:vt[4] console driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:148 +msgid "" +"User Modesetting The oldest class of drivers is still supported, however " +"they may only be used with man:sc[4] console and older versions of the " +"man:Xorg[1] graphical environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" -"The following command can be used to identify which graphics card is " +"The following command can be used to identify which graphics processor is " "installed in the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap -msgid "% pciconf -lv|grep -B4 VGA\n" +msgid "% pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:160 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:183 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:430 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:618 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"vgapci0@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a42 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" +"vgapci1@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x0c hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x46a6 subvendor=0x1028 subdevice=0x0b29\n" " vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" -" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +" device = 'Alder Lake-P GT2 [Iris Xe Graphics]'\n" " class = display\n" -" subclass = VGA\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:169 +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions on installing and enabling these drivers are in the " +"subsequent subsections." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" -"If the graphics card is not supported by Intel(R), AMD(R) or NVIDIA(R) " -"drivers, then VESA or SCFB modules should be used. VESA module must be used " -"when booting in BIOS mode and SCFB module must be used when booting in UEFI " +"If the graphics processor is not supported by Intel(R), AMD(R), or NVIDIA(R) " +"drivers, then SCFB or VESA modules should be used. SCFB module must be used " +"when booting in UEFI mode. VESA module must be used when booting in BIOS " "mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:178 msgid "This command can be used to check the booting mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl machdep.bootmethod\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "machdep.bootmethod: BIOS\n" +msgid "machdep.bootmethod: UEFI\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Intel(R) Graphics" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" -"Intel(R) Graphics refers to the class of graphics chips that are integrated " -"on the same die as an Intel(R) CPU. Wikipedia offers link:https://" -"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[a good " -"overview of the variations and names used for generations of Intel HD " -"Graphics]." +"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides a range of " +"kernel modules for use with Intel(R) Graphics. Recent versions of these " +"modules can be used in conjunction with other graphics processors in PRIME " +"with no special configuration." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" -"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides a range of " -"kernel modules for use with Intel(R) Graphics cards. The Intel(R) driver " -"can be installed by executing the following command:" +"The Intel(R) Graphics driver can be installed by executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:202 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install drm-kmod\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" -"Then add the module to `/etc/rc.conf` file, executing the following command:" +"Then add the module to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# file, by executing the " +"following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=i915kms\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "AMD(R) Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" -"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides a range of " -"kernel modules for use with AMD(R) Graphics cards. The modules `amdgpu` and " +"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides kernel modules " +"for a range of AMD(R) Graphics processors. The modules `amdgpu` or " "`radeonkms` can be used depending the generation of the hardware. The " -"FreeBSD project maintains an link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Graphics/AMD-GPU-" -"Matrix[AMD graphics support matrix to determine which driver must be used]." +"FreeBSD project maintains a link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Graphics/AMD-GPU-" +"Matrix[AMD graphics support matrix] showing support levels and to determine " +"which driver must be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:219 -msgid "AMD(R) driver can be installed by executing the following command:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:228 +msgid "" +"The AMD(R) Graphics drivers can be installed by executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" -"For post-HD7000 or Tahiti graphic cards add the module to `/etc/rc.conf` " +"Enable the current module by adding it to the [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# " "file, executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=amdgpu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" -"For older graphic cards (pre-HD7000 or pre-Tahiti) add the module to `/etc/" -"rc.conf` file, executing the following command:" +"For older graphics (pre-HD7000/Tahiti), instead enable the legacy module by " +"adding it to the [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# file, executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=radeonkms\n" msgstr "" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NVIDIA(R) Graphics" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" -"FreeBSD supports different versions of the proprietary NVIDIA(R) driver. " -"Users of newer graphics cards should install the package:x11/nvidia-driver[] " -"package. Those with older cards will have to check below which version " -"supports them." +"NVIDIA(R) produces standalone or discrete graphics processors, and provides " +"a proprietary driver for FreeBSD. The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides " +"over a decade of drivers for supporting generations of NVIDIA graphics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:261 +msgid "" +"Administrators should install the latest driver supported by their hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:265 +msgid "" +"The following table shows the port containing the driver, the kernel module " +"recommended for loading, and a link to the list of hardware supported by " +"that driver:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap -msgid "Supported versions of NVIDIA(R) drivers" +msgid "Supported versions of NVIDIA(R) Graphics drivers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-304[]" +msgid "package:graphics/nvidia-drm-kmod[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/123712/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgid "" +"`nvidia-drm` or +\n" +"`nvidia-modeset`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-340[]" +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/210651/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/156167/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-470[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`nvidia-modeset`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:280 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/194639/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-390[]" +msgid "" +"package:x11/nvidia-driver-390[] or +\n" +"package:x11/nvidia-secondary-driver-390[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/191122/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-470[]" +msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-340[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/194639/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgid "`nvidia`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver[]" +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/156167/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/210651/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-304[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:271 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/123712/en-us/[supported hardware]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" -"Version 304 of the NVIDIA(R) graphics driver (package:x11/nvidia-" -"driver-304[]) does not support xorg-server 1.20 or later." +"The latest NVIDIA(R) Graphics driver can be installed by running the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:301 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install nvidia-drm-kmod\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" -"The latest NVIDIA(R) driver can be installed by running the following " -"command:" +"To enable the driver, add the module to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# file, by " +"executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install nvidia-driver\n" +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=nvidia-drm\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:312 +msgid "" +"This is the direct rendering crossref:glossary[kms-glossary,KMS] driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:316 +msgid "" +"Kernel modesetting is the option to set the graphics mode in the kernel. " +"Enable it for subsequent boots with the following man:loader.conf[5] tunable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "hw.nvidiadrm.modeset=\"1\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:324 +msgid "" +"Both PRIME and crossref:wayland[wayland-synopsis,Wayland] require kernel " +"modesetting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:328 +msgid "" +"Prior versions of the driver do not support Direct Rendering. Instead use " +"the modesetting module, by executing the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=nvidia-modeset\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:290 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" -"The `nvidia` driver must be used if the packages package:x11/nvidia-" -"driver-304[] or package:x11/nvidia-driver-340[] have been installed." +"If requiring Nvidia drivers prior to 390, note that they do not support " +"kernel modesetting, and thus they must be used with the legacy man:sc[4] " +"console driver, and a package:x11/xorg-server[] version prior to 1.20." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:339 +msgid "Enable them in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=nvidia\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap -msgid "Xorg Configuration" +msgid "X Window System Overview" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:301 -msgid "Xorg supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices." +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:356 +msgid "" +"The X Window System is the heritage graphical stack for UNIX(R) platforms, " +"supporting the latest technologies while maintaining support for generations " +"of applications. Applications, including the components of the desktop, are " +"hosted by the man:Xorg[1] server. This system is network aware and its " +"various components can interoperate across networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing The X.org Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" -"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " -"not require any manual configuration. Do not create [.filename]#xorg.conf# " -"or run a `Xorg -configure` step unless automatic configuration fails." +"_**abstract**: The package:x11/xorg[X.org] server must be installed to host " +"the crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop]. Users must be added to the " +"`video` group to use it._" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:309 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:367 +msgid "" +"Once a graphics driver is installed and enabled, the X.org server can be " +"installed as a meta-package, or compiled locally with the ports tree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:370 +msgid "" +"The full meta-package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for " +"customization:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap -msgid "Configuration Files" +msgid "# pkg install xorg\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:381 +msgid "" +"This installation results in the complete X Window System being installed, " +"including a traditional window manager, man:twm[1], and surrounding " +"traditional desktop suite. Most users will want to install and configure a " +"contemporary crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop] of their choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:385 +msgid "" +"The current user must be a member of the `video` group to run a graphical " +"environment. To add a user to the `video` group, execute the following " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:389 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pw groupmod video -m username\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:394 +msgid "" +"To run the X Window System, use man:startx[1] from package:x11/xinit[], or " +"install and configure a display manager to start a graphical login on boot." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:401 +msgid "" +"A smaller version of the X Window System suitable for experienced users is " +"available in package:x11/xorg-minimal[]. Most of the documents, libraries, " +"and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these " +"additional components to function." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:404 +#, no-wrap +msgid "X.org Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" -"Xorg looks in several directories for configuration files. [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/X11/# is the *recommended* directory for these files on FreeBSD. " -"Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating " -"system files." +"_**abstract**: If the defaults for the monitor or input devices, are not " +"satisfactory, crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktops] include GUIs for " +"configuring them, or they can be configured manually._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:415 +msgid "" +"The X.org server supports most common graphics processors, monitors, and " +"input devices. First, try the defaults. This subsection provides an " +"overview of their configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap -msgid "Single or Multiple Files" +msgid "X.org Configuration Files" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:320 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:423 +msgid "" +"Historically, the X.org server was configured with files in [.filename]#/usr/" +"local/etc/X11/#. This is still supported for edge cases, but conflicts with " +"dynamic autoconfiguration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:427 +msgid "" +"Do not create configuration for the X.org server in [.filename]#xorg.conf# " +"or run `Xorg -configure` unless automatic configuration fails." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:433 +msgid "" +"X.org server looks in several directories for configuration files. " +"[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/# is the *recommended* directory for these " +"files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps keep application files " +"separate from operating system files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting " "than the traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf#. These files are stored " "in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/# subdirectory." msgstr "" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:440 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Graphics Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" -"The traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf# still works, but is neither as " -"clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" -"X11/xorg.conf.d/# subdirectory." +"Direct rendering provides the ability to seamlessly use a discrete graphics " +"processor (dGPU) alongside an integrated graphics processor (iGPU), called " +"PRIME. The drivers will automatically offload intensive tasks to the dGPU " +"when required, and power it down when able." msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Video Cards" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:450 +msgid "" +"To launch applications on the more powerful GPU in PRIME, use the " +"`DRI_PRIME=1` environment variable." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:330 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" -"The driver for the graphics card can be specified in the [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/# directory." +"If multiple graphics drivers are conflicting, the driver for the graphics " +"processor can be specified in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/" +"# directory." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:332 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:456 msgid "To configure the Intel(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select Intel(R) Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select Intel(R) Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:338 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:462 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-intel.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -693,23 +896,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:473 msgid "To configure the AMD(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select AMD(R) Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select AMD(R) Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:479 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-radeon.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -719,137 +922,131 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:490 msgid "To configure the NVIDIA(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select NVIDIA(R) Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select NVIDIA(R) Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:496 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-nvidia.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" -"\tDriver \"nvidia\"\n" +"\tDriver \"nvidia-modeset\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "package:x11/nvidia-xconfig[] can also be used to perform basic control over " "configuration options available in the NVIDIA driver." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:388 -msgid "To configure the VESA driver in a configuration file:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:513 +msgid "To configure the SCFB driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select VESA Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select SCFB Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:394 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-vesa.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:519 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-scfb.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" -"\tDriver \"vesa\"\n" +"\tDriver \"scfb\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:405 -msgid "To configure the SCFB driver in a configuration file:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:530 +msgid "To configure the VESA driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select SCFB Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select VESA Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:411 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-scfb.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:536 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-vesa.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" -"\tDriver \"scfb\"\n" +"\tDriver \"vesa\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" -"To configure multiple video cards, the `BusID` can be added. A list of " -"video card bus ``ID``s can be displayed by executing:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display\n" +"To configure multiple graphics processors, the `BusID` can be added. A list " +"of graphics processor bus ``ID``s can be displayed by executing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"vgapci0@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a42 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" +"vgapci0@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x0c hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x46a6 subvendor=0x1028 subdevice=0x0b29\n" " vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" -" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +" device = 'Alder Lake-P GT2 [Iris Xe Graphics]'\n" " class = display\n" "--\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"vgapci1@pci0:0:2:1: class=0x038000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a43 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" -" vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" -" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +"vgapci0@pci0:1:0:0: class=0x030200 rev=0xa1 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x10de device=0x25b9 subvendor=0x1028 subdevice=0x0b29\n" +" vendor = 'NVIDIA Corporation'\n" +" device = 'GA107GLM [RTX A1000 Laptop GPU]'\n" " class = display\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select Intel(R) Video Driver and NVIDIA(R) Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select Intel(R) Graphics Driver and NVIDIA(R) Graphics Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:575 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-drivers.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -860,60 +1057,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" -"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" -"\tDriver \"nvidia\"\n" +"\tIdentifier \"Card1\"\n" +"\tDriver \"nvidia-modeset\"\n" "\tBusID \"pci0:0:2:1\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:593 #, no-wrap -msgid "Monitors" +msgid "Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data " -"standard (`EDID`). Xorg uses `EDID` to communicate with the monitor and " +"standard (`EDID`). X.org uses `EDID` to communicate with the monitor and " "detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the " "most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" -"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the " -"desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been " -"started with man:xrandr[1]." +"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be selected atomically after " +"the X server has been started with man:xrandr[1], or in the X.org server " +"configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "Using RandR (Resize and Rotate)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" -"Run man:xrandr[1] without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and " -"detected monitor modes:" +"Run man:xrandr[1] in an X session without any parameters to see a list of " +"video outputs and detected monitor modes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 2560 x 960, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" @@ -947,57 +1144,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "This shows that the `VGA-1` output is being used to display a screen " "resolution of 1280x960 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. The " "`LVDS-1` is being used as a secondary monitor to display a screen resolution " "of 1280x800 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors are not " -"attached to the `HDMI-1`, `HDMI-2`, `DP-1`, `DP-2` and `DP-3` connectors." +"attached to the `HDMI-1`, `HDMI-2`, `DP-1`, `DP-2`, and `DP-3` connectors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Any of the other display modes can be selected with man:xrandr[1]. For " "example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "% xrandr --output LVDS-1 --mode 1280x720 --rate 60\n" msgstr "" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:670 +msgid "" +"Oftentimes, a black screen upon starting X can be fixed by adding an `xrandr " +"--auto` step to the initialization process." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using the Xorg configuration file" +msgid "Using the X.org Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:676 msgid "The monitor configuration can also be set in a configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:678 msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:683 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/10-monitor.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -1010,43 +1214,141 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:697 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:703 +msgid "" +"The package:Xorg[X.org] server provides the package:x11/libinput[] library, " +"a cross-platform effort to support all touch, pointing, and keyboard devices " +"under a unified library. Unless specified otherwise, this is loaded " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:708 +msgid "" +"Individual device settings for man:libinput[4] can be tuned in the " +"crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop's] GUI, or manually with " +"package:x11/xinput[xinput] and package:x11/setxkbmap[setxkbmap]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:714 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, there are older, lightweight, individual drivers for specific " +"input devices available in the package:x11-drivers[] category named x11/xf86-" +"input-[foo]. This approach requires manual configuration of the X.org " +"server. Both are described in this subsection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap -msgid "Input Devices" +msgid "Using Atomic Input Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:723 +msgid "" +"Devices supported by man:libinput[4] can be configured with graphical " +"utilities included with the crossref:desktop[desktop-synopsis,desktop] of " +"choice, or manually and atomically at runtime with package:x11/xinput[] and " +"package:x11/setxkbmap[]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:726 +msgid "" +"To ask man:libinput[4] what devices it's currently attached to, run " +"man:xinput[1] with no arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ xinput\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:733 +msgid "Its output should be similar to the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:748 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"⎡ Virtual core pointer \tid=2\t[master pointer (3)]\n" +"⎜ ↳ Virtual core XTEST pointer \tid=4\t[slave pointer (2)]\n" +"⎜ ↳ System mouse \tid=7\t[slave pointer (2)]\n" +"⎜ ↳ VEN_0488:00 0488:1031 Mouse \tid=11\t[slave pointer (2)]\n" +"⎜ ↳ VEN_0488:00 0488:1031 TouchPad \tid=12\t[slave pointer (2)]\n" +"⎣ Virtual core keyboard \tid=3\t[master keyboard (2)]\n" +" ↳ Virtual core XTEST keyboard \tid=5\t[slave keyboard (3)]\n" +" ↳ System keyboard multiplexer \tid=6\t[slave keyboard (3)]\n" +" ↳ Power Button \tid=8\t[slave keyboard (3)]\n" +" ↳ Sleep Button \tid=9\t[slave keyboard (3)]\n" +" ↳ AT keyboard \tid=10\t[slave keyboard (3)]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" -"Xorg supports the vast majority of input devices via package:x11/libinput[]." +"All settings supported by these devices are provided as properties, which " +"can be listed and set atomically. Pointing devices have many configurable " +"properties, keyboards usually need none." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:755 +msgid "To customize the keyboard, take a look at man:setxkbmap[1]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" -"Some desktop environments (such as KDE Plasma) provide a graphical UI for " -"setting these parameters. Check if this is the case before resorting to " -"manual configuration editing." +"Once satisfied with the configuration, simply add the lines to the X " +"initialization script such as [.filename]#~/.Xsession# or " +"[.filename]#~/.xinitrc#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:760 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using X.org Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:569 -msgid "For example, to configure the keyboard layout:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:767 +msgid "" +"Some desktop environments (such as crossref:desktop[kde-environment,KDE " +"Plasma]) provide a graphical UI for setting these parameters. Check if this " +"is the case before resorting to manual configuration editing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:771 +msgid "" +"For example, to manually configure the X.org server for the keyboard layout:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:574 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:776 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputClass\"\n" @@ -1060,105 +1362,104 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using Fonts in Xorg" +msgid "Using Fonts in the X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" -"The default fonts that ship with Xorg are less than ideal for typical " -"desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged " -"and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely " -"unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 " -"(PostScript(R)) fonts available which can be readily used with Xorg." +"_**abstract**: Additional fonts can be installed from the package:x11-" +"fonts[] category or placed in [.filename]#~/.fonts#. They are available " +"immediately to modern applications. Configuration for older applications is " +"available and described as well._" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:596 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Type1 Fonts" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:802 +msgid "" +"The X Window System provides the X FreeType interface library (man:Xft[3]) " +"to render vector or outline fonts, as well as the traditional X Logical Font " +"Description system maintaining compatibility with generations of " +"applications and fonts." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:602 -msgid "" -"The URW font collection (package:x11-fonts/urwfonts[]) includes high quality " -"versions of standard type1 fonts (Times Roman(TM), Helvetica(TM), " -"Palatino(TM) and others). The Freefonts collection (package:x11-fonts/" -"freefonts[]) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use " -"in graphics software such as the Gimp, and are not complete enough to serve " -"as screen fonts. In addition, Xorg can be configured to use TrueType(R) " -"fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the man:X[7] " -"manual page or crossref:x11[truetype, TrueType(R) Fonts]." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:804 +msgid "There are primarily two types of fonts users will be interested in:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:604 -msgid "" -"To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the " -"following commands:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:806 +msgid "OpenType fonts or TrueType(R) fonts are for displaying on a screen." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:608 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install urwfonts\n" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:807 +msgid "Adobe(R) PostScript(R) Type 1 fonts are for printing to paper." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:612 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:809 +msgid "These are both vector or outline fonts, there are also bitmap fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" -"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server " -"detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration " -"file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/90-fonts.conf#), which " -"reads:" +"The FreeBSD Ports Collection includes a wide and growing catalog of free, " +"high quality fonts available for installation in the package:x11-fonts[] " +"category." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:618 -#, no-wrap +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" -"Section \"Files\"\n" -" FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"\n" -"EndSection\n" +"System-wide font packages installed from the ports collection live in " +"`[.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/#`. Fonts for a single user can be " +"placed in `[.filename]#~/.fonts/#`, or `[.filename]#~/.local/share/fonts/#`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:621 -msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:822 +msgid "" +"Fonts in either directory or subdirectories will be available for immediate " +"use when the font information cache is rebuilt. To trigger this manually, " +"issue:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap +msgid "% fc-cache\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" -"% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" -"% xset fp rehash\n" +"Plenty of free, high quality fonts of both types are available in the ports " +"tree which can be readily used with X Window System. This chapter provides " +"a brief overview of both, as well as configuring the X FreeType interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" -"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is " -"added to the startup file ([.filename]#~/.xinitrc# for a normal `startx` " -"session, or [.filename]#~/.xsession# when logging in through a graphical " -"login manager like XDM). A third way is to use the new [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/fonts/local.conf# as demonstrated in crossref:x11[antialias, Anti-" -"Aliased Fonts]." +"For more information about how to install and configure fonts on FreeBSD, " +"please read the article link:{fonts}[Fonts and FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "TrueType(R) Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:843 msgid "" -"Xorg has built in support for rendering TrueType(R) fonts. There are two " +"X.org has built in support for rendering TrueType(R) fonts. There are two " "different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module " "is used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font " "rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following " @@ -1167,37 +1468,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "Load \"freetype\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Now make a directory for the TrueType(R) fonts (for example, [.filename]#/" "usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType#) and copy all of the TrueType(R) fonts into " "this directory. Keep in mind that TrueType(R) fonts cannot be directly " "taken from an Apple(R) Mac(R); they must be in UNIX(R)/MS-DOS(R)/Windows(R) " -"format for use by Xorg. Once the files have been copied into this " +"format for use by X.org. Once the files have been copied into this " "directory, use mkfontscale to create a [.filename]#fonts.dir#, so that the X " "font renderer knows that these new files have been installed. `mkfontscale` " "can be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mkfontscale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:860 msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1205,14 +1506,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "Now add the TrueType(R) directory to the font path. This is just the same " -"as described in crossref:x11[type1, Type1 Fonts]:" +"as described in <<type1>>:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1220,12 +1521,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:877 msgid "or add a `FontPath` line to [.filename]#xorg.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "Now Gimp, LibreOffice, and all of the other X applications should now " "recognize the installed TrueType(R) fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with " @@ -1234,22 +1535,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:882 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Type1 Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:886 +msgid "" +"The URW font collection (package:x11-fonts/urwfonts[]) includes high quality " +"versions of standard type1 fonts (Times Roman(TM), Helvetica(TM), " +"Palatino(TM) and others). The Freefonts collection (package:x11-fonts/" +"freefonts[]) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use " +"in graphics software such as the Gimp, and are not complete enough to serve " +"as screen fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:888 +msgid "" +"To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the " +"following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:892 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install urwfonts\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:896 +msgid "" +"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have a manually " +"configured X server detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X " +"server configuration file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/90-" +"fonts.conf#), which reads:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:902 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Section \"Files\"\n" +" FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"\n" +"EndSection\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:905 +msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:910 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" +"% xset fp rehash\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:914 +msgid "" +"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is " +"added to the startup file ([.filename]#~/.xinitrc# for a normal `startx` " +"session, or [.filename]#~/.xsession# when logging in through a graphical " +"login manager like XDM). A third way is to use the new [.filename]#/usr/" +"local/etc/fonts/local.conf# as demonstrated in <<antialias>>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" -"All fonts in Xorg that are found in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# and " -"[.filename]#~/.fonts/# are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to " -"Xft-aware applications. Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including " -"KDE, GNOME, and Firefox." +"All fonts in X.org that are found in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# " +"and [.filename]#~/.fonts/# are automatically made available for anti-" +"aliasing to Xft-aware applications. Most recent applications are Xft-aware, " +"including KDE, GNOME, and Firefox." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing " "properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file [.filename]#/usr/" @@ -1259,7 +1631,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:928 msgid "" "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make " "sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML " @@ -1267,7 +1639,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n" @@ -1276,7 +1648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "As previously stated, all fonts in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# as " "well as [.filename]#~/.fonts/# are already made available to Xft-aware " @@ -1285,26 +1657,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "<dir>/path/to/my/fonts</dir>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:945 msgid "" "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the " "font caches:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "# fc-cache -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more " "readable and removes \"staircases\" from large text, but can cause eyestrain " @@ -1313,7 +1685,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"font\">\n" @@ -1335,7 +1707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-" "aliasing. This seems to be an issue with KDE, in particular. One possible " @@ -1343,7 +1715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1365,14 +1737,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as `\"mono\"`), and " "then add:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1386,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. " "Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. " @@ -1395,7 +1767,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t<match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\">\n" @@ -1409,14 +1781,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "After editing [.filename]#local.conf#, make certain to end the file with the " "`</fontconfig>` tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own " "[.filename]#~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf#. This file uses the same `XML` " @@ -1424,7 +1796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1039 msgid "" "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This " "basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components " @@ -1433,7 +1805,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t <match target=\"font\">\n" @@ -1447,15 +1819,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "Depending on the sort of display, `rgb` may need to be changed to `bgr`, " "`vrgb` or `vbgr`: experiment and see which works best." msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:818 -msgid "" -"For more information about how to install and configure fonts on FreeBSD, " -"please read the article link:{fonts}[Fonts and FreeBSD]." -msgstr "" |